FCC ID: HLZAX201NG WLAN+Bluetooth module AX201NGW

Regulatory Information and Safety Guide 2 -

2017. All Rights Reserved. Regulatory Information and Safety Guide This revision: 04/2017 TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of contents - 3 Important safety information for children Tips and information for comfortable use 5 Finding your comfort zone .......................... 5 Taking care of your vision........................... 6 Developing good work habits...................... 7 Protecting your hearing............................... 7 4 Basic care and tips for using your computer 8 Turning your computer on and off............... 8 Taking care of your computer ..................... 8 General ....................................................... 9 Pack your computer carefully...................... 9 Safety instructions ................................. 10 Product servicing ...................................... 10 Cleaning and servicing.............................. 10 Battery and adapter information ............ 11 Accessing the power................................. 11 Disconnecting the power source............... 11 Using electrical power............................... 11 Guidelines for safe battery usage ............. 13 Internal battery....................................... 15 Warnings and regulatory information 16 Optical drives......................................... 16 Telephone line safety............................. 17 Emergency calls........................................ 17 Medical devices ..................................... 17 Vehicles ................................................. 18 Potentially explosive environments........ 18 Disposal instructions.............................. 19 ENERGY STAR ..................................... 19 Wireless adapter regulatory information 20 Radio frequency interference.................... 20 Use on aircraft........................................... 21 The wireless adapter and your health....... 21 USA FCC and FAA............................... 21 FCC radio frequency interference requirements............................................. 22 RF exposure ............................................. 24 Canada Industry Canada (IC) .............. 24 European Union ........................................ 26 Compliant with Russian regulatory certification................................................ 29 4 - Important safety information for children IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION FOR CHILDREN CAUTION - ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PRODUCT. THIS IS NOT A TOY. TO AVOID RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK OR FIRE IT SHOULD NOT BE USED WITHOUT ADULT SUPERVISION OR PLACED WHERE SMALL CHILDREN CAN REACH IT. CAUTION -

ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PRODUCT. Not recommended for children under 3 years of age. As with all electrical products, precautions should be observed during handling and use of electrical products to reduce the risk of electric shock.

"CAUTION for film bag - Keep away from small children; the thin film may cling to nose and mouth and prevent breathing."

As with the power supply (adapter) should not be handled by the children, precautions should be observed during handling and use to prevent electric shock and high temperature. Children should be very careful while handling the power supply

(adapter), in particular plugging the power supply into the receptacle

(power outlet). The product should not be placed on the bare skin (e.g. lap of a child) for long periods. The laptop should be placed on a flat surface, like a desk or tabletop, if intending to use it for more than a few minutes. The product, including power supply and battery pack, as applicable should not be left in the rain or exposure to water. If cleaning is necessary do not immerse in water; wipe clean with a damp cloth. The product, including power supply and battery pack, as applicable should not be dropped, crushed (stepped on) or otherwise abused. Children should be careful with the cable (wiring) between the power supply (adapter) and laptop, in particular as a potential trip hazard. An adult should periodically inspect the product for damage, including the power supply and casing around the battery pack, (as applicable, and replace or send for repair if necessary. Similarly, if a child notices damage or broken parts, this should be reported to an adult immediately so that the damaged parts can be replaced or repaired. TIPS AND INFORMATION FOR COMFORTABLE USE Tips and information for comfortable use - 5 Important Some of the information in this guide may not apply to your computer. Computer users may complain of eyestrain and headaches after prolonged use. Users are also at risk of physical injury after long hours of working in front of a computer. Long work periods, bad posture, poor work habits, stress, inadequate working conditions, personal health and other factors greatly increase the risk of physical injury. Incorrect computer usage may lead to carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, tenosynovitis or other musculoskeletal disorders. The following symptoms may appear in the hands, wrists, arms, shoulders, neck or back:

Numbness, or a burning or tingling sensation. Aching, soreness or tenderness. Pain, swelling or throbbing. Stiffness or tightness. Coldness or weakness. If you have these symptoms, or any other recurring or persistent discomfort and/or pain related to computer use, consult a physician immediately and inform your company's health and safety department. The following section provides tips for more comfortable computer use. Finding your comfort zone Find your comfort zone by adjusting the viewing angle of the monitor, using a footrest, or raising your sitting height to achieve maximum comfort. Observe the following tips:

Refrain from staying too long in one fixed posture. 6 - Tips and information for comfortable use Avoid slouching forward and/or leaning backward. Stand up and walk around regularly to remove the strain on your leg muscles. Take short rests to relax your neck and shoulders. Avoid tensing your muscles or shrugging your shoulders. Install the external display, keyboard and mouse properly and within comfortable reach. If you view your monitor more than your documents, place the display at the center of your desk to minimize neck strain. Taking care of your vision Long viewing hours, wearing incorrect glasses or contact lenses, glare, excessive room lighting, poorly focused screens, very small typefaces and low-contrast displays could stress your eyes. The following sections provide suggestions on how to reduce eyestrain. Eyes Rest your eyes frequently. Give your eyes regular breaks by looking away from the monitor and focusing on a distant point. Blink frequently to keep your eyes from drying out. Display Keep your display clean. Keep your head at a higher level than the top edge of the display so your eyes point downward when looking at the middle of the display. Adjust the display brightness and/or contrast to a comfortable level for enhanced text readability and graphics clarity. Eliminate glare and reflections by:

placing your display in such a way that the side faces the window or any light source, minimizing room light by using drapes, shades or blinds, using a task light, changing the display's viewing angle, using a glare-reduction filter, Tips and information for comfortable use - 7 using a display visor, such as a piece of cardboard extended from the display's top front edge. Avoid adjusting your display to an awkward viewing angle. Avoid looking at bright light sources for extended periods of time. Developing good work habits The following work habits make computer use more relaxing and productive:

Take short breaks regularly and often. Perform some stretching exercises. Breathe fresh air as often as possible. Exercise regularly and maintain a healthy body. Warning We do not recommend using the computer on a couch or bed. If this is unavoidable, work for only short periods, take breaks regularly, and do some stretching exercises. Protecting your hearing Warning Permanent hearing if earphones or headphones are used at high volume for prolonged periods of time. loss may occur To protect your hearing, follow these instructions. Increase the volume gradually until you can hear clearly and comfortably. Do not increase the volume level after your ears have adjusted. Do not listen to music at high volumes for extended periods. Do not increase the volume to block out noisy surroundings. Decrease the volume if you can't hear people speaking near you. 8 - Basic care and tips for using your computer BASIC CARE AND TIPS FOR USING YOUR COMPUTER Read these instructions carefully. Keep this document for future reference. Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product. Turning your computer on and off To turn on the computer, simply press and release the power button. Please refer to the setup poster for the location of the power button. Note If you cannot power off the computer normally, press and hold the power button for more than four seconds to shut down the computer. If you turn off the computer and want to turn it on again, wait at least two seconds before powering up. Taking care of your computer Your computer will serve you well if you take care of it. Do not expose the computer to direct sunlight. Do not place it near sources of heat, such as a radiator. Do not subject the computer to magnetic fields. Do not expose the computer to rain or moisture. Do not spill water or any liquid on the computer. Do not drop, bump, scratches, twist, hit, shake push, or place heavy objects on your computer, display, or external devices. Do not subject the computer to heavy shock or vibration. Do not expose the computer to dust or dirt. Never place objects on top of the computer. Do not slam the computer display when you close it. Never place the computer on uneven surfaces. Where possible, keep all objects at least 15 cm away from the computer to avoid causing computer damage. General Basic care and tips for using your computer - 9 Do not use this product near water. Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand or table. If the product falls, it could be seriously damaged. Slots and openings are provided for ventilation to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, rug or other similar surface. This product should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat register, or in a built-in installation unless proper ventilation is provided. Never push objects of any kind into this product through cabinet slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short-out parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind onto or into the product. To avoid damage of internal components and to prevent battery leakage, do not place the product on a vibrating surface. Never use it under sporting, exercising, or any vibrating environment which will probably cause a short-circuit or damage rotor devices, HDD, optical drive, and even exposure risk from the lithium battery pack. The bottom surface, areas around ventilation openings and AC adapter may get hot. To avoid injury, ensure they do not come in contact with your skin or body. Your device and its enhancements may contain small parts. Keep them out of the reach of small children. The surface temperature of the base will rise during normal operation, particularly when plugged in to AC power. Allowing sustained contact with exposed skin can cause discomfort or burns. Pack your computer carefully Use a quality carrying case that provides adequate cushioning and protection. Do not pack your computer in a tightly packed suitcase or bag. 10 - Basic care and tips for using your computer Before putting your computer in a carrying case, make sure that it is off or in sleep mode. Do not put a computer in a carrying case while it is turned on. Safety instructions Product servicing Do not attempt to service this product yourself, as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage points or other risks. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Unplug this product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel when:

The power cord or plug is damaged, cut or frayed. Liquid was spilled into the product. The product was exposed to rain or water. The product has been dropped or the case has been damaged. The product exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a need for service. The product does not operate normally after following the operating instructions. The product exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a need for service. The product does not operate normally after following the operating instructions. Note Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions, since improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the product to normal condition. Cleaning and servicing When cleaning the computer, follow these steps:

1.Turn off the computer and remove the battery pack if applicable. Basic care and tips for using your computer - 11 2.Disconnect the AC adapter. 3.Use a soft, moist cloth. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners. Prevent Electrostatic discharge: A discharge of static electricity from finger or other electrostatic conductors can seriously damage a battery, or other electronic components and cause loss of information deletion from electrostatic damage to a drive. Before handling an electronic device, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface. Battery and adapter information Accessing the power Be sure that the power outlet you plug into is easily accessible and located as close to the equipment operator as possible. When you need to disconnect power to the equipment, be sure to unplug from the electrical outlet. Disconnecting the power source Observe the following guidelines when connecting and disconnecting power to the power supply unit:

Install the power supply unit before connecting to the AC power outlet. Unplug before removing the power supply unit from the computer. If the system has multiple sources of power, disconnect power from the system by unplugging all power cords from the power supplies. Using electrical power Do not connect the adapter to any other device. When unplugging the power cord, do not pull on the cord itself but pull on the plug. This product should be operated from the type of power indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power available, consult your dealer or local power company. Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord. Do not locate this product where people will walk on the cord. 12 - Basic care and tips for using your computer If an extension cord is used with this product, make sure that the total ampere rating of the equipment plugged into the extension cord does not exceed the extension cord ampere rating. Also, make sure that the total rating of all products plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed the fuse rating. Do not overload a power outlet, strip or receptacle by plugging in too many devices. The overall system load must not exceed 80% of the branch circuit rating. If power strips are used, the load should not exceed 80% of the power strip's input rating. If this product's AC adapter is equipped with a three-wire grounded plug. The plug only fits in a grounded power outlet. Make sure the power outlet is properly grounded before inserting the AC adapter plug. Do not insert the plug into a non-grounded power outlet. Contact your electrician for details. Warning The grounding pin is a safety feature. Using a power outlet that is not properly grounded may result in electric shock and/or injury. Note The grounding pin also provides good protection from unexpected noise produced by other nearby electrical devices that may interfere with the performance of this product. The system can be powered using a wide range of voltages; 100 to 120 or 220 to 240 V or 100-240 V AC. The power cord included with the system meets the requirements for use in the country/region where the system was purchased. Power cords for use in other countries/regions must meet the requirements for that country/

region. For more information on power cord requirements, contact an authorized reseller or service provider. Guidelines for safe battery usage Basic care and tips for using your computer - 13 Warning When using a charging cart or a small space to simultaneously charge or operate multiple devices , the area must be well- ventilated and the temperature kept between 0 C (32 F) to 35 C (95 F) and battery charging must be stopped when 100% capacity is reached. Continuous charging can cause deformation or damage to the battery/

device. Precautions when charging batteries The useful lifespan of a battery is adversely affected by the following behavior:

Constantly charging the battery/device when already at full capacity. Charging the battery/device at temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). To prevent damage, follow these precautions:

Stop charging the battery once it reaches 100% capacity; regularly or frequently charging a fully charged battery for an extended period of time may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that you recharge the device when the battery level drops below 70% capacity. Do not charge battery in temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). Charging in abnormally high or abnormally low temperatures can cause battery deformation or damage. The charging port must be clean and free from debris and should only be used with Acer charging equipment. Use of a non-Acer battery or charging equipment can cause damage to the product and will void the warranty. If you plan to store the device for a long period of time, turn-off the device, remove AC power and store the product at room temperature (0 C - 35 C) in a dry (humidity: 45% - 80%), well-

ventilated area. Avoid direct sunlight, high temperatures and high humidity. Do not leave your devices battery completely discharged for a long period of time; this may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that the battery is checked and charged to approximately 50% capacity every 6 months. 14 - Basic care and tips for using your computer ONLY CHARGE THE BATTERY IN A CLEAN, WELL VENTILATED AREA. Warning Batteries may explode if not handled properly. Do not disassemble or dispose of batteries in fire. Do not short external contacts, crush, puncture or otherwise tamper with batteries. Keep batteries away from children. Follow local regulations when disposing of used batteries. Precautions when replacing the battery Improper replacement or mishandling could damage the battery, cause overheating, result in injury, and risk fire or explosion. Device with built-in battery: A built-in battery must be replaced by an authorized service center. Do not attempt to replace or remove the battery by yourself. Device with removable battery: The battery should only be replaced with parts approved by Acer. Do not replace the battery with any parts other than approved ones. This notebook uses a Lithium-based battery. Do not use it in a humid, wet or corrosive environment. Do not put, store or leave your product in or near a heat source, in a high temperature location, in strong direct sunlight, in a microwave oven or in a pressurized container, and do not expose it to temperatures over 50 C (122 F). Failure to follow these guidelines may cause the battery to leak acid, become hot, explode or ignite and cause injury and/or damage. Do not pierce, open or disassemble the battery. If the battery leaks and you come into contact with the leaked fluids, rinse thoroughly with water and seek medical attention immediately. For safety reasons, and to prolong the lifetime of the battery, charging will must not occur at temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 35 C (95 F). The full performance of a new battery is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times, but it will eventually wear out. When the operation time becomes noticeably shorter than normal, check an authorized reseller to purchase a new battery. Basic care and tips for using your computer - 15 Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short-circuit the battery. Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object such as a coin, clip or pen causes direct connection of the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals of the battery. (These look like metal strips on the battery.) This might happen, for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting object. The capacity and lifetime of the battery will be reduced if the battery is left in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summer or winter. Always try to keep the battery between 15 C and 25 C (59 F and 77 F). A device with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is especially limited in temperatures well below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire as they may explode. Batteries may also explode if damaged. Dispose of batteries according to local regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household waste. Wireless devices may be susceptible to interference from the battery, which could affect performance. Note Please refer to www.acer.com for battery shipping documents. Internal battery Do not attempt to replace a built-in rechargeable battery, battery replacement must be done by an Acer- authorized repair facility. Recharge the battery by following the instruction included in the product documentation. 16 - Warnings and regulatory information WARNINGS AND REGULATORY INFORMATION Optical drives CAUTION: This appliance contains a laser system and is classified as a "CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT." In case of any trouble with this device, please contact your nearest AUTHORIZED service station. To prevent direct exposure to the laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT CAUTION: INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM. APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1 PRODUIT LASERATTENTION: RADIATION DU FAISCEAU LASER INVISIBLE EN CAS DOUVERTURE. EVITTER TOUTE EXPOSITION AUX RAYONS. LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE LASER KLASSE 1 VORSICHT:

ABDECKUNG GEFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHLL AUSSETZEN PRODUCTO LSER DE LA CLASE I ADVERTENCIA: RADIACIN LSER INVISIBLE AL SER ABIERTO. EVITE EXPONERSE A LOS RAYOS. ADVARSEL: LASERSTRLING VEDBNING SE STRLEN. VARO! LAVATTAESSA OLET ALTTINA LASERSTEILYLLE. VARNING: LASERSTRLNING NR DENNA DEL R PPNAD L TUIJOTA STEESEENSTIRRA EJ IN I STRLEN VARNING:

PPNADSTIRRA EJ IN I STRLEN ADVARSEL: LASERSTRLING NAR DEKSEL PNESSTIRR IKKE INN I STRLEN LASERSTRLNING NAR DENNA DEL LASERSTRAHLUNG, WENN UNSICHTBARE IKKE IND R I Warnings and regulatory information - 17 Telephone line safety Disconnect all telephone lines from the equipment when not in use and/or before servicing. To avoid the remote risk of electric shock from lightning, do not connect the telephone line to this equipment during lightning or thunderstorms. Emergency calls Warning You cannot make emergency calls through this device. To make an emergency call you shall dial out through your mobile phone or other telephone call system. Medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including wireless phones, may interfere with the functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your device in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF transmissions. Pacemakers. Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 15.3 centimeters (6 inches) be maintained between wireless devices and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. These recommendations are consistent with the independent recommendations of Wireless Technology Research. Persons with pacemakers should do the following:

Always keep the device more than 15.3 centimeters (6 inches) from research by and the pacemaker Not carry the device near your pacemaker when the device is switched on. If you suspect interference, switch off your device, and move it. 18 - Warnings and regulatory information Hearing aids. Some digital wireless devices may interfere with some hearing aids. If interference occurs, consult your service provider. Vehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles such as electronic fuel injection systems, electronic antiskid (anti-lock) braking systems, electronic speed control systems, and air bag systems. For more information, check with the manufacturer, or its representative, of your vehicle or any equipment that has been added. Only qualified personnel should service the device, or install the device in a vehicle. Faulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty that may apply to the device. Check regularly that all wireless equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly. Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the device, its parts, or enhancements. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, including installed or portable wireless equipment in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperly installed, and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. Using your device while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless devices in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network, and may be illegal. Potentially explosive environments Warning Do not operate a portable transmitter (including this wireless adapter) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the transmitter has been modified to be qualified for such use. Switch off your device when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Potentially explosive atmospheres include areas where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Sparks in such areas could cause an Warnings and regulatory information - 19 explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Switch off the device at refueling points such as near gas pumps at service stations. Observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, storage, and distribution areas; chemical plants; or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical transfer or storage facilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas

(such as propane or butane), and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles such as grain, dust or metal powders. Do not switch the notebook on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger. Disposal instructions Do not throw this electronic device into the trash when discarding. To minimize pollution and ensure utmost protection of the global environment, please recycle. For more from Electrical and Electronics Equipment (WEEE) regulations, visit www.acer-group.com/public/Sustainability information on the Waste ENERGY STAR Acer's ENERGY STAR qualified products save your money by reducing energy cost and protecting the environment without sacrificing features or performance. Acer is proud to offer our customers products with the ENERGY STAR mark. What is ENERGY STAR?

Products that are ENERGY STAR qualified use less energy and prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency guidelines set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Acer is committed to offering products and services worldwide that help customers save money, conserve energy and improve the quality of our environment. The more energy we can save through higher energy efficiency, the more we reduce greenhouse gases and the risks to www.energystar.gov or www.energystar.gov/powermanagement. change. More information climate refers of 20 - Warnings and regulatory information Note Information in this section may not apply to your computer. Acer ENERGY STAR qualified products:

Produce less heat and reduce cooling loads, and warmer climates. Automatically go into "display sleep" and "computer sleep" within 10 and 30 minutes of inactivity respectively (Refer to the settings in Power Management). Wake the computer from sleep mode by pushing keyboard or moving mouse. Computers will save more than 80% energy at "sleep" mode. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks Wireless adapter regulatory information Radio frequency interference Warning For safety reasons, turn off all wireless or radio transmitting devices when using your laptop under the following conditions. These devices may include, but are not limited to: wireless LAN (WLAN), Bluetooth and/or cellular. Remember to follow any special regulations in force in any area, and always switch off your device when its use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger. Use the device only in its normal operating positions. This device meets RF exposure guidelines when used normally. To successfully transmit data files or messages, this device requires a good quality connection to the network. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be delayed until such a connection is available. Parts of the device are magnetic. Metallic materials may be attracted to the device, and persons with hearing aids should not hold the device to the ear with the hearing aid. Do not place credit cards or other magnetic storage media near the device, because information stored on them may be erased. Use on aircraft Warnings and regulatory information - 21 Warning FCC and FAA regulations may prohibit airborne operation of radio-

frequency wireless devices (wireless adapters) because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Ask the cabin crew before turning on your devices wireless adapter whilst on board. The wireless adapter and your health and These recommendations. The wireless adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by the wireless adapter, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The wireless adapter operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the wireless adapter may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the applicable organization. Examples of such situations may include:

Using the wireless adapter on board airplanes, or Using the wireless adapter in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful. standards If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless adapters in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the adapter before you turn it on. USA FCC and FAA The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The wireless adapter meets the Human Exposure limits found in OET Bulletin 65, 22 - Warnings and regulatory information supplement C, 2001, and ANSI/IEEE C95.1, 1992. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:

Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; this behavior may cause damage to the radio. The use of wireless adapters in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety directors of such environments. The use of wireless adapters on airplanes is governed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). The use of wireless adapters in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. FCC radio frequency interference requirements Note Applies to device supporting IEEE 802.11a/ac wireless adapters. This device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz and 5.470 to 5.725 GHz frequency ranges. FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency ranges 5.15 to 5.25 GHz and 5.470 to 5.725 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and /or damage this device. No configuration controls are provided for this wireless adapter allowing any change in the frequency of operations outside the FCC grant of authorization for U.S operation according to Part 15.407 of the FCC rules. USA Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Warnings and regulatory information - 23 Note The radiated output power of the adapter is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the adapter should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, you should keep a distance of at least 20 cm between you

(or any other person in the vicinity), or the minimum separation distance as specified by the FCC grant conditions, and the antenna that is built into the computer. Details of the authorized configurations can be found at www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/ by entering the FCC ID number on the device. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. 15.21 You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the part responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Interference statement This wireless adapter has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This wireless adapter generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the wireless adapter is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the wireless adapter may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this wireless adapter does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception (which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna of the equipment experiencing the interference. 24 - Warnings and regulatory information Increase the distance between the wireless adapter and the equipment experiencing the interference. Connect the computer with the wireless adapter to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the equipment experiencing the interference is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. RF exposure FCC RF Radiation Exposure Statement:

1.This Transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 2.This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance which states in DoC between the radiator and your body. Canada Industry Canada (IC) This device complies with RSS247 of Industry Canada. Cet appareil se conforme RSS247 de Canada d'Industrie. This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Warnings and regulatory information - 25 les rduire le but de Under Industry Canada regulations, this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum (or lesser) gain approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than that necessary for successful communication. Conformment la rglementation d'Industrie Canada, le prsent metteur radio peut fonctionner avec une antenne d'un type et d'un gain maximal (ou infrieur) approuv pour l'metteur par Industrie Canada. Dans risques de brouillage radiolectrique l'intention des autres utilisateurs, il faut choisir le type d'antenne et son gain de sorte que la puissance isotrope rayonne quivalente (p.i.r.e.) ne dpasse pas l'intensit ncessaire l'tablissement d'une communication satisfaisante. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. La bande 5 150-5 250 MHz est rservs uniquement pour une utilisation l'intrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Users are advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Les utilisateurs tes aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., qu'ils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5 250-5 350 MHz et 5 650-5 850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. IC RF Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance which states in DoC between the radiator & your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 26 - Warnings and regulatory information Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:

Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de XX cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. European Union List of applicable countries This product must be used in strict accordance with the regulations and constraints in the country of use. For further information, contact the local office in the country of use. Please see https://europa.eu/

european-union/about-eu/countries_en for the latest country list. Specific absorption rate information This device meets the EU requirements on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Council's recommended limit for mobile devices is the "Specific Absorption Rate" (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/kg averaged over 10 grams of body tissue. It meets the requirements of International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). For body worn operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNIRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard, for use with dedicated accessories. Use of other accessories which contain metals may not ensure compliance with ICNIRP exposure guidelines. The low band 5.15 to 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only. This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. See Statements of European the Union Compliance, and more details refer to the attached Declaration of Conformity. Warnings and regulatory information - 27 Italy The use of this equipment is regulated by:

1.D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, article 104 (activity subject to general authorization) for outdoor use and article 105 (free use) for indoor use, in both cases for private use. 2.D.M. 28.5.03, for supply to public of RLAN access to networks and telecom services. Luso degli apparati regolamentato da:

1.D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, articoli 104 (attivit soggette ad autorizzazione generale) se utilizzati al di fuori del proprio fondo e 105 (libero uso) se utilizzati entro il proprio fondo, in entrambi i casi per uso private. 2.D.M. 28.5.03, per la fornitura al pubblico dellaccesso R-LAN alle reti e ai servizi di telecomunicazioni. Belgium Dans le cas d'une utilisation prive, l'extrieur d'un btiment, au-

dessus d'un espace public, aucun enregistrement n'est ncessaire pour une distance de moins de 300 m. Pour une distance suprieure 300 m un enregistrement auprs de l'IBPT est requise. Pour les enregistrements et licences, veuillez contacter l'IBPT. In geval van priv-gebruik, buiten een gebouw, op een openbare plaats, is geen registratie nodig, wanneer de afstand minder dan 300 m is. Voor een afstand groter dan 300 m is een registratie bij BIPT vereist. Voor registraties en te contacteren. licenties, gelieve BIPT 28 - Warnings and regulatory information Brazil Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Pakistan Pakistan Telecommunication Authority (PTA) Approved. Morocco The operation of this product in the radio channel 2 (2417 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Agadir, Assa-Zag, Cabo Negro, Chaouen, Goulmima, Oujda, Tan Tan, Taourirt, Taroudant and Taza. The operation of this product in the radio channels 4, 5, 6 and 7 (2425

- 2442 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Aroport Mohamed V, Agadir, Aguelmous, Anza, Benslimane, Bni Hafida, Cabo Negro, Casablanca, Fs, Lakbab, Marrakech, Merchich, Mohammdia, Rabat, Sal, Tanger, Tan Tan, Taounate, Tit Mellil, Zag. Japan 5 GHz Korea Taiwan

;

Warnings and regulatory information - 29 Modifications to the product Acer cannot be held responsible for unauthorized modifications made by the user and the consequences thereof, which may alter the conformity of the product. Compliant with Russian regulatory certification

2021. All Rights Reserved. Swift 3 Covers: SF314-511 This revision: January 2021 This manual contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright laws. The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Some features described in this manual may not be supported depending on the Operating System version. Images provided herein are for reference only and may contain information or features that do not apply to your computer. Acer Group shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained in this manual. Model number: ________________________________________ Serial number: _________________________________________ Date of purchase: ______________________________________ Place of purchase: _____________________________________ ENVIRONMENT Temperature:

- Operating: 5 C to 35 C

- Storage: -20 C to 60 C Humidity (non-condensing):

- Operating: 20% to 80%

- Storage: 20% to 60%

2 h s i l g n E First things first We would like to thank you for making this Acer notebook your choice for meeting your mobile computing needs. Your guides To help you use your Acer notebook, we have designed a set of guides:

First off, the Setup Guide helps you get started with setting up your computer. The Quick Guide introduces you to the basic features and functions of your new computer. For more on how your computer can help you to be more productive, please refer to the Swift 3 Users Manual. The Swift 3 Users Manual contains useful information applying to your new computer. It covers basic topics such as using the keyboard and audio, etc. This guide contains detailed information on such subjects as system utilities, data recovery, expansion options and troubleshooting. In addition it contains warranty information and the general regulations and safety notices for your notebook. The Users Manual can be downloaded from the Acer support website by going to:

http://go.acer.com/?id=17883 Software installation The first time you turn on your computer, it will automatically install software and set up for use. This may take some time, please do not turn off your computer; wait until the installation has finished. Recovery You should create recovery backups as soon as you can. The Acer Recovery Management program allows you to create recovery backups and then to restore or reinstall applications and drivers provided by Acer. Having trouble?

Acer provides several options to support your purchase. Acer support Make sure you write down your computer serial number, date and place of purchase and model name on the area provided in this guide; save your proof of purchase. Before you call us, please write down any error message that accompanies the 3 problem, and have the computer in front of you and switched on if possible. Having these items to hand when contacting us will ensure better and quicker service. Acer website Remember to visit www.acer.com and refer to the support section for up-to-date information, help, drivers and downloads. E n g l i s h Warranty and contact information You can find information about the warranty for your computer and how to contact technical support in your computers Warranty. 4 Your Acer notebook tour h s i l g n E Your Acer notebook tour After setting up your computer as illustrated in the Setup Guide, let us show you around your new Acer computer. Screen view 1 2 3

1 2 3 Icon Item Description Microphones Webcam Internal stereo microphones for sound recording. Web camera for video communication. A light next to the webcam indicates that the webcam is active. Screen Displays computer output. Keyboard view 1 2 5 E n g l i s h 3 4

1 2 3 4 Icon Item Description Keyboard For entering data into your computer. See "Using the keyboard" on page 8. Touchpad Touch-sensitive pointing device. The touchpad and selection buttons form a single surface. Press down firmly on the touchpad surface to perform a left click. Press down firmly on the lower right corner to perform a right click. Power button Turns the computer on and off. Fingerprint reader Fingerprint reader for Windows Hello and security. 6 Left view h s i l g n E Your Acer notebook tour 1 2 3 4 Icon Item Description DC-in jack Connects to an AC adapter. USB Type-C /

Thunderbolt 4 port Connects to USB devices with a USB Type-C connector. Supports Thunderbolt 4 and displays. HDMI port Supports high-definition digital video connections. USB port with power-

off charging Connects to USB devices.

1 2 3 4 USB Type-A information USB 3.2 Gen 1 compatible ports are blue. Compatible with USB 3.2 Gen 1 and earlier devices. For optimal performance, use USB 3.2 Gen 1-certified devices. Defined by the USB 3.2 Gen 1 specification (SuperSpeed USB). USB Type-C information USB 3.2 Gen 2 with transfer speeds up to 10 Gbps. Supports DisplayPort audio/video output. Compatible with Thunderbolt 4. Delivers up to 3 A at 5 V DC for USB charging. DC-in: requires power adapter or power source providing 65 W at 19 V. For optimal performance, please use a certified Acer power adapter or USB Power Delivery device. Right view 7 E n g l i s h Icon Item Description 1 2 3 4 Headset/speaker jack Connects to audio devices (e.g., speakers, headphones) or a headset with microphone. USB port Connects to USB devices. Battery indicator Indicates the computers battery status. Charging: The light shows amber when the battery is charging. Fully charged: The light shows blue when in AC mode. Power indicator Indicates the computers power status. Kensington lock slot Connects to a Kensington-compatible security lock.

1 2 3 4 8 Base view h s i l g n E Using the keyboard 1 2 3

1 2 3 Icon Item Description Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Battery reset pinhole Simulates removing and reinstalling the battery. Insert a paperclip into the hole and press for four seconds. Speakers Deliver stereo audio output. Using the keyboard The keyboard has full-sized keys, a numeric keypad, separate cursor, lock, Windows, special keys and hotkeys. Special keys Your computers keyboard includes keys that activate special functions. The function of each key is clearly marked with an icon. Icon Function Description Sleep Puts the computer in Sleep mode. Flight mode Turns on / off the computer's network devices. Icon Function Description Brightness down Decreases the screen brightness. Brightness up Increases the screen brightness. 9 E n g l i s h Display toggle Display off Switches display output between the display screen, external monitor (if connected) and both. Turns the display screen backlight off to save power. Press any key to return. Touchpad toggle Turns the built-in touchpad on and off. Keyboard backlight toggle Turns the keyboard backlight on and off. (optional) Speaker toggle Turns the speakers on and off. Volume down Decreases the sound volume. Volume up Increases the sound volume. Scr LK Scroll Lock Turns Scroll Lock on or off. PrtSc SysRq Pause Break Print Screen Take quick screen shots. Pause / Break Sends a Break Command. Insert Insert Turns Insert on or off. 10 Using the keyboard h s i l g n E Hotkeys To activate hotkeys, press and hold the Fn key before pressing the other key in the hotkey combination. Hotkey Icon Description Fn + F1-F12 Activates the F1 to F12 keys. Fn + F Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

Switches fan mode between Silent, Normal and Performance. For more information on how to achieve optimal cooling efficiency in different scenarios, please launch Acer Quick Access application. Jump to the next media file. Return to the previous media file. Play or pause a selected media file. Stop playing the selected media file.

Using the notebook for the first time Getting started with Windows 10 1 2 1 2 Connect to the internet If using a wireless LAN:

Select the wireless icon at the lower-right corner of the screen and you will see the available wireless networks. Select a Wi-Fi network and enter the security key if required. 3 If using a LAN:

To connect to a wired network, please use a USB-to-LAN converter cable

(optional). Please refer to your router's or ISP's user guide for additional assistance. 1. Start: You can launch apps through Most used, all apps, or live tiles. 2. Cortana*: Your personal assistant for finding apps, files, settings and information on the web. 3. Action Center: You can view notifications and toggle quick actions to instantly adjust or open settings. How do I switch between apps?

Click the icon tasks. on the taskbar or press

+ <Tab>, then you can see the thumbnails of all open How do I access Action Center?

Select the Action Center icon in the lower-right corner of the screen or press

+<A>. How do I use Cortana*?

Select the Cortana icon and talk to Cortana. Improve your computers performance with Acer Care Center My System Information and User's Manual My system gives you clear information on your computers information such as CPU, memory, or device drivers. Find manuals and other documents for your Acer product on the official Acer support website by going to http://go.acer. com/?id=17883 System and Driver Updates Update provides you the latest drivers and updates for your computer, without requiring you to go to a website and enter your serial number. Recovery Management Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily back up or restore your computer. Customer Support Support is your one-stop place to find answers for questions you may have.

* You must be signed in to your Microsoft account to use Cortana. The Cortana feature is being progressively rolled out globally. It will be replaced by Windows Search in countries where it is not available. Illustrations are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary. Information contained in this poster is for Windows platforms only. Other operating systems may not support all the features listed.

*NC.V8711.00R-01*

NC.V8711.00R-01 Note:

Open the Start Menu and search for Acer Documents for help with setting up a network connection, using the touchpad, and other information which is important for your health and safety. WARNING!

To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. SETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESF316-51Swift 3 Using the notebook for the first time Using the notebook for the first time Getting started with Windows 10 Getting started with Windows 10 1 2 1 2 Connect to the internet Connect to the internet If using a wireless LAN:

Select the wireless icon at the lower-

right corner of the screen and you will see the available wireless networks. Select a Wi-Fi network and enter the security key if required. If using a wireless LAN:

Select the wireless icon at the lower-

right corner of the screen and you will see the available wireless networks. Select a Wi-Fi network and enter the security key if required. 3 If using a LAN:

To connect to a wired network, please use a USB-to-LAN converter cable (optional). Please refer to your router's or ISP's user guide for additional assistance. If using a LAN:

To connect to a wired network, please use a USB-to-LAN converter cable (optional). Please refer to your router's or ISP's user guide for additional assistance. 1. Start: You can launch apps through Most used, 1. Start: You can launch apps through Most used, all apps, or live tiles. all apps, or live tiles. 2. Cortana*: Your personal assistant for finding apps, files, settings and information on the web. 2. Cortana*: Your personal assistant for finding apps, files, settings and information on the web. 3. Action Center: You can view notifications and toggle quick actions to instantly adjust or open settings. 3. Action Center: You can view notifications and toggle quick actions to instantly adjust or open settings. How do I switch between apps?

Click the icon then you can see the thumbnails of all open tasks. on the taskbar or press

+ <Tab>, How do I switch between apps?

Click the icon then you can see the thumbnails of all open tasks. on the taskbar or press

+ <Tab>, Note:

Open the Start Menu and search for Acer Documents for help with setting up a network connection, using the touchpad, and other information which is important for your health and safety. Note:

Open the Start Menu and search for Acer Documents for help with setting up a network connection, using the touchpad, and other information which is important for your health and safety. WARNING!

To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. WARNING!

To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. How do I access Action Center?

Select the Action Center icon corner of the screen or press in the lower-right

+<A>. How do I access Action Center?

Select the Action Center icon corner of the screen or press in the lower-right

+<A>. How do I use Cortana*?

Select the Cortana icon and talk to Cortana. How do I use Cortana*?

Select the Cortana icon and talk to Cortana.

* You must be signed in to your Microsoft account to use Cortana. The Cortana feature is being progressively rolled out globally. It will be replaced by Windows Search in countries where it is not available.

* You must be signed in to your Microsoft account to use Cortana. The Cortana feature is being progressively rolled out globally. It will be replaced by Windows Search in countries where it is not available. Improve your computers performance with Acer Care Center Improve your computers performance with Acer Care Center My System Information and User's Manual My system gives you clear information on your computers information such as CPU, memory, or device drivers. Find manuals and other documents for your Acer product on the official Acer support website by going to http://go.acer.com/?id=17883 My System Information and User's Manual My system gives you clear information on your computers information such as CPU, memory, or device drivers. Find manuals and other documents for your Acer product on the official Acer support website by going to http://go.acer.com/?id=17883 System and Driver Updates Update provides you the latest drivers and updates for your computer, without requiring you to go to a website and enter your serial number. System and Driver Updates Update provides you the latest drivers and updates for your computer, without requiring you to go to a website and enter your serial number. Recovery Management Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily back up or restore your computer. Recovery Management Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily back up or restore your computer. Customer Support Support is your one-stop place to find answers for questions you may have. Customer Support Support is your one-stop place to find answers for questions you may have. Illustrations are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary. Information contained in this poster is for Windows platforms only. Other operating systems may not support all the features listed. Illustrations are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary. Information contained in this poster is for Windows platforms only. Other operating systems may not support all the features listed.

*NC.V8711.00R-01*

NC.V8711.00R-01 SETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESF316-51Swift 3 Using the notebook for the first time Using the notebook for the first time/ using the notebook for the first time Getting started with Windows 10 Getting started with Windows 10/ getting started with Windows 10 1 2 1 2 3 1. Start: You can launch apps through Most used, all apps, or live tiles. 1. Start: You can launch apps 1. Start: You can launch apps through Most used, all apps, or live tiles. through Most used, all apps, or live tiles. 2. Cortana*: Your personal assistant for finding apps, files, settings and information on the web. 2. Cortana*: Your personal assistant for finding apps, files, settings and information on the web. 2. Cortana*: Your personal assistant for finding apps, files, settings and information on the web. 3. Action Center: You can view 3. Action Center: You can view 3. Action Center: You can view notifications and toggle quick actions to instantly adjust or open settings. notifications and toggle quick actions to instantly adjust or open settings. notifications and toggle quick actions to instantly adjust or open settings. Note:

Open the Start Menu and search for Acer Documents for help with setting up a network connection, using the touchpad, and other information which is important for your health and safety. Note:

Open the Start Menu and search for Acer Documents for help with setting up a network connection, using the touchpad, and other information which is important for your health and safety. Note:

Open the Start Menu and search for Acer Documents for help with setting up a network connection, using the touchpad, and other information which is important for your health and safety. WARNING!

To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. WARNING!

To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. WARNING!

To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. How do I switch between apps?

Click the icon press the thumbnails of all open tasks. on the taskbar or

+ <Tab>, then you can see How do I switch between apps?

Click the icon press the thumbnails of all open tasks. on the taskbar or

+ <Tab>, then you can see How do I switch between apps?

Click the icon press thumbnails of all open tasks. on the taskbar or

+ <Tab>, then you can see the How do I access Action Center?

Select the Action Center icon the lower-right corner of the screen or press

+<A>. in How do I access Action Center?

Select the Action Center icon the lower-right corner of the screen or press

+<A>. in How do I access Action Center?

Select the Action Center icon the lower-right corner of the screen or press

+<A>. in How do I use Cortana*?

Select the Cortana icon to Cortana. and talk How do I use Cortana*?

Select the Cortana icon to Cortana. and talk How do I use Cortana*?

Select the Cortana icon Cortana. and talk to

* You must be signed in to your Microsoft account to use Cortana. The Cortana feature is being progressively rolled out globally. It will be replaced by Windows Search in countries where it is not available.

* You must be signed in to your Microsoft account to use Cortana. The Cortana feature is being progressively rolled out globally. It will be replaced by Windows Search in countries where it is not available.

* You must be signed in to your Microsoft account to use Cortana. The Cortana feature is being progressively rolled out globally. It will be replaced by Windows Search in countries where it is not available. Connect to the internet Connect to the internet Connect to the internet If using a wireless LAN:

Select the wireless icon at the lower-right corner of the screen and you will see the available wireless networks. Select a Wi-Fi network and enter the security key if required. If using a wireless LAN:

Select the wireless icon at the lower-right corner of the screen and you will see the available wireless networks. Select a Wi-Fi network and enter the security key if required. If using a wireless LAN:

Select the wireless icon at the lower-right corner of the screen and you will see the available wireless networks. Select a Wi-Fi network and enter the security key if required. If using a LAN:

To connect to a wired network, please use a USB-

to-LAN converter cable

(optional). Please refer to your router's or ISP's user guide for additional assistance. If using a LAN:

To connect to a wired network, please use a USB-

to-LAN converter cable

(optional). Please refer to your router's or ISP's user guide for additional assistance. If using a LAN:

To connect to a wired network, please use a USB-

to-LAN converter cable

(optional). Please refer to your router's or ISP's user guide for additional assistance. Improve your computers performance with Acer Care Center Improve your computers performance with Acer Care Center Improve your computers performance with Acer Care Center My System Information and User's Manual My system gives you clear information on your computers information such as CPU, memory, or device drivers. Find manuals and other documents for your Acer product on the official Acer support website by going to http://go.acer.com/?id=17883 My System Information and User's Manual My system gives you clear information on your computers information such as CPU, memory, or device drivers. Find manuals and other documents for your Acer product on the official Acer support website by going to http://go.acer.com/?id=17883 My System Information and User's Manual My system gives you clear information on your computers information such as CPU, memory, or device drivers. Find manuals and other documents for your Acer product on the official Acer support website by going to http://go.acer.com/?id=17883 System and Driver Updates Update provides you the latest drivers and updates for your computer, without requiring you to go to a website and enter your serial number. Recovery Management Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily back up or restore your computer. Customer Support Support is your one-stop place to find answers for questions you may have. Illustrations are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary. Information contained in this poster is for Windows platforms only. Other operating systems may not support all the features listed. System and Driver Updates Update provides you the latest drivers and updates for your computer, without requiring you to go to a website and enter your serial number. Recovery Management Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily back up or restore your computer. Customer Support Support is your one-stop place to find answers for questions you may have. Illustrations are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary. Information contained in this poster is for Windows platforms only. Other operating systems may not support all the features listed. System and Driver Updates Update provides you the latest drivers and updates for your computer, without requiring you to go to a website and enter your serial number. Recovery Management Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily back up or restore your computer. Customer Support Support is your one-stop place to find answers for questions you may have. Illustrations are for reference only. Actual product specifications may vary. Information contained in this poster is for Windows platforms only. Other operating systems may not support all the features listed.

*NC.V8711.00R-01*

NC.V8711.00R-01 SETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESETUP GUIDESF316-51Swift 3

Cea) a Laue (G} |

i q YP PAUK bc)

& la 7) a eee Network (eomistas raced Devices Bluetooth, printers, mouse ae Stns

Find a setting Home Devices a o SG Bluetooth & other devices Printers & scanners Mouse Touchpad Typing Pen & Windows Ink AutoPlay USB Touchpad Your PC has a precision touchpad. Touchpad

& o Leave touchpad on when a mouse is connected Change the cursor speed _t_-

Taps Use taps to click, right-click, and select. Turn down the sensitivity if they activate while you're typing Touchpad sensitivity Tap with a single finger to single-click Acer Care Center a2o0@

My System Checkup Tuneup Update Support Recovery Management Backup | Restore Create backup Back up your data or computer by creating a recovery drive, once if there is Get started any data lost, damaged or computer cannot work properly, you can restor e your data or computer. Backup wireless and LAN drivers Backup your computer's wireless and LAN drivers. You can use these Geri backups to install the wireless and LAN drivers if you install another operating system. Settings

@ Backup Back up using File History Back up your files to another drive and restore them if the originals are lost, damaged or deleted. as Add a drive More option Select a drive Looking :

Data (D:) Ifyou create 464 7B free of 1.81 TB Restore tool, it'll still work Go to Backu| Removable Disk (E:) 14.1 GB free of 14.9 GB Settings

@ Back-up options Overview Size of backup: 82.4 MB Total space on Removable Disk (E:) (E:): 14.9 GB Last backup: 12/17/2019 1:54 AM Back up now Back up my files Every hour (default) Keep my backups Forever (default) v Back up these folders 4p Adda folder Saved Games C.\Users\acer Exclude these folders zs Add a folder Acer Care Center a2o0@

My System Checkup Tuneup Update Support Recovery Management Backup | Restore Create backup Back up your data or computer by creating a recovery drive, once if there is Get started any data lost, damaged or computer cannot work properly, you can restor e your data or computer. Backup wireless and LAN drivers Backup your computer's wireless and LAN drivers. You can use these Geri backups to install the wireless and LAN drivers if you install another operating system. Settings

@ Backup Back up using File History Back up your files to another drive and restore them if the originals are lost, damaged or deleted Automatically back up my files

@ o More options Looking for an older backup?

Ifyou created a backup using the Windows 7 Backup and Restore tool, itll still work in Windows 10. Go to Backup and Restore (Windows 7) 2b Back up and Restore (Windows 7) 4 2% > Control Panel > System and Security > Back up and Restore (Windows 7) Control Panel Home

& create a system image create a system repair disc See also Security and Maintenance File History Back up or restore your files Back-up Windows Backup has not been set up. Restore Windows could not find a back-up for this computer.

@select another back-up to restore files from v . Search Control Panel set up back-up

\Y Security and Maintenance e v 4 > Control Panel > System and Security > Security and Maintenance Control Panel Home Change Security and Maintenance settings change User Account Control settings View archived messages See also File History Windows Program Compatibility Troubleshooter Review recent messages and resolve problems No issues have been detected by Security and Maintenance. Security Maintenance If you can't see your problem listed, try one of these:

jr Recovery Refresh your PC without affecting your files, or reset it and start again. v Search Control Panel Recovery -

v4 28> Control Panel > All Control Panel Items > Recovery . Search Control Panel Control Panel Hi ontrol rane rome Advanced recovery tools

@ create a recovery drive Create a recovery drive to troubleshoot problems when your PC can't start.

& open System Restore Undo recent system changes, but leave files such as documents, pictures and music unchanged.

& configure System Restore Change restore settings, manage disk space and create or delete restore points. If you're having problems with your PC, go to Settings and try resetting it See also File History a Recovery Drive Create a recovery drive Even if your PC can't start, you can use a recovery drive to reset it or troubleshoot problems. If you back up system files to this drive, you'll also be able to use it to reinstall Windows. M Back up system files to the recovery drive.

[Nec] | Cancel |

cq Recovery Drive Select the USB flash drive The drive must be able to hold at least 16 GB, and everything on the drive will be deleted. Available drive(s) E\ (no label) cq Recovery Drive Create the recovery drive Everything on the drive will be deleted. If you have any personal files on this drive, make sure that you've backed them up. Acer Care Center a2o@ xX My System Backup | Restore Checku a Reset this PC If your PC isnt running well, resetting it might help. This lets you choose to Get started Tuneup keep your files or remove them, and then reinstalls Windows. Update Support Recovery Management Recovery Reset this PC If your PC isnt running well, resetting it might help. This lets you choose whether to keep your personal files or remove them, and then reinstalls Windows, Get started Advanced start-up Start up from a device or disc (such as a USB drive or DVD), change your PC's firmware settings, change Windows start-up settings or restore Windows from a system image. This will restart your PC. Restart now More recovery options Learn how to start afresh with a clean installation of Windows Choose an option Keep my files Removes apps and set Remove everything Removes all of your personal files, apps and setting:

gs, but keeps your personal fil Ready to reset this PC Resetting will:

+ Change settings back to their defaults

+ Keep personal files

+ Remove all apps and programs that didn't come with this PC List of apps to be removed BLANC RYN ele BOL ORY Moc Acer Care Center a2o@ xX My System Backup | Restore Checku a Reset this PC If your PC isnt running well, resetting it might help. This lets you choose to Get started Tuneup keep your files or remove them, and then reinstalls Windows. Update Support Recovery Management Recovery Reset this PC If your PC isnt running well, resetting it might help. This lets you choose whether to keep your personal files or remove them, and then reinstalls Windows, Get started Advanced start-up Start up from a device or disc (such as a USB drive or DVD), change your PC's firmware settings, change Windows start-up settings or restore Windows from a system image. This will restart your PC. Restart now More recovery options Learn how to start afresh with a clean installation of Windows Choose an option Keep my files Removes apps and set Remove everything Removes all of your personal files, apps and setting:

gs, but keeps your personal fil Additional settings Current settings:

SBI a ute eeu mn MECC ome ev ia ce o0 lc

+ Remove all files only from the drive where Windows is installed Change settings Get help Choose settings Data erasure De MT Remove files and clean the drive. This may Ione: MAM KO MELON oc}

take hours, but will make files harder to eos

@ On

@ On Get help Ready to reset this PC Resetting will:

+ Remove all of the personal files and user accounts on this PC

+ Remove any changes made to settings

+ Remove any apps and programs that didn't come with this PC BLANC RYN ele BOL ORY Moc Settings Home Bluetooth & other devices Find a setting 4 Add Bluetooth or other device es Bluetooth On eres

& Printers & scanners 0 Mouse Add a device Make sure your device is turned on and discoverable. Touchpad Gurnee!

= typing f= os of Pen & Windows Ink AutoPlay 6 uss Settings Home Bluetooth & other devices Find a setting 44 Add Bluetooth or other device vices Bluetooth On perrres

& Printers & scanners Add a device O Mouse DEM IR Ae a Mr RE eR eee os eee Tee sa) Touchpad liao coy Typing Sst Enter this PIN on of Pen & Windows Ink AutoPlay 6 uss Cea) ol YP PAUK bc) y

(A Guest Open Network & Internet settings Change settings, such as making a connection metered. Ca ~

Mobile

[Trelis uel Sa TeletsTola y A Guest ola) se ose a es SOR MONT Pama ene es Y Connect automatically Connect Network & Internet settings eee ieee nr eRe ence a 3 co Ite Wi-Fi Toler ete oISToLs gy A Guest Open Enter the network security key None neeeken ea yao neh yer ncn the router. Next er 1sTe) Network & Internet settings reer ie en Sie ie Reem aU ce aa ES aa Perea cy a Acer Quick Access a

) Weiterscramno |

Bluelight Reduction:

Low Reduction Na Low Reduction te IV acre 8 eut(o)A) High Reduction Long Hour Mode

< Settings - GO x

@ Home Sign-in options Manage how you sign in to your device Recounts Select a sign-in option to add, change or remove it. ee Windows Hello Face This option is currently unavailable click to learn more R= Your info Windows Hello Fingerprint Sign in with your fingerprint scanner (Recommended) D 4 Email & accounts Windows Hello PIN Sign-in options Sign in with a PIN (Recommended) 4 Access work or school A Security Key Sign in with a physical security key A. Family & other users Password Sign in with your account's password Sync your settings Q Your account password is all set up to sign in to Windows, apps and services. Update your security questions Learn more

< Settings - GO x

@ Home Sign-in options Manage how you sign in to your device Recounts Select a sign-in option to add, change or remove it. ee Windows Hello Face This option is currently unavailable click to learn more

= Your info Z Windows Hello Fingerprint Email & accounts H) Sign in with your fingerprint scanner (Recommended) Q . Windows Hello PIN Sign-in options Sign in with a PIN (Recommended) Access work or school Your PIN is all set up to sign in to Windows, apps and services. Family & other users Learn more

| forgot my PIN Sync your settings Q Change Remove A Security Key Sign in with a physical security key OY Password Sign in with your account's password

< Settings - OQ xX

@ Home Sign-in options Manage how you sign into your device Nccounts Select a sign-in option to add, change or remove it. ee Windows Hello Face This option is currently unavailable click to learn more

= Your info Windows Hello Fingerprint 1 Email & accounts Sign in with your fingerprint scanner (Recommended) You can sign in to Windows, apps and services by teaching Q Sign-in options Windows to recognise your fingerprint. Learn more

&4 Access work or school Family & other users Windows Hello PIN Sign in with a PIN (Recommended) Sync your settings Q A Security Key Sign in with a physical security key OY Password Sign in with your account's password Ko Picture Password Windows Hello setup x Welcome to Windows Hello Your device just got more personal. Say goodbye to entering complex passwords and start using your fingerprint to unlock your device, verify your identity and buy things in the Store. Learn more Get started Cancel Windows Security Making sure its you

| forgot my PIN Cancel Windows Hello setup Touch the fingerprint sensor Repeatedly lift and rest your finger on the sensor until setup is complete. Cancel Windows Hello setup All set!

Use your fingerprint the next time you want to unlock your device. Add another finger Close system Settings e v 4 @ Power Options > System Settings v | Search Control Panel Define power buttons and turn on password protection Choose the power settings that you want for your computer. The changes you make to the settings on this ly to all of your Power and sleep buttons and lid settings ij On battery LF Plugged in When | press the power button: Sleep | Sleep When | press the sleep button: Sleep | Sleep

& When | close the lid: Sleep | Sleep Shutdown settings Turn on fast startup (recommended) This helps start your PC faster after shutdown. Restart isn't affected, Learn More Sleep Show in Power menu. Hibernate Show in Power menu. Lock Show in account picture menu. Save changes Shut-down settings lV] Sleep Show in Power menu. Hibernate Show in Power menu.

[VY] Lock Show in account picture menu. Cancel Alarms & Clock Notifications will only show if the PC is awake. Learn more NEW ALARM 10 58 1 59 13 01 14 02 In 3 hours, 14 minutes Alarm name Alarm (1) Repeats Only once Sound Q Chimes Snooze time 10 minutes

ou ENERGY STAR Nul.n ar_[ se [ec [our | cy [ ca | oK fe | fl | re | of | & | wu | tC mw | o | w |u| |

pr | ro | sk | s| | es | se | UK

[Nexinus Conducted Fower Unit (Ba)

Regulatory Information and Safety Guide 2 -

2017. All Rights Reserved. Regulatory Information and Safety Guide This revision: 04/2017 T AB L E OF C O NT EN TS Table of contents - 3 Important safety information for children 4 Tips and information for comfortable use 5 Finding your comfort zone ............................ 5 Taking care of your vision ............................. 6 Developing good work habits ....................... 7 Protecting your hearing ................................. 7 Basic care and tips for using your computer 8 Turning your computer on and off ................. 8 Taking care of your computer ....................... 8 General ......................................................... 9 Pack your computer carefully ....................... 9 Safety instructions .................................. 10 Product servicing ........................................ 10 Cleaning and servicing ............................... 10 Battery and adapter information .............. 11 Accessing the power ................................... 11 Disconnecting the power source ................. 11 Using electrical power ................................. 11 Guidelines for safe battery usage ................ 13 Internal battery ....................................... 15 Warnings and regulatory information 16 Optical drives ......................................... 16 Telephone line safety .............................. 17 Emergency calls ......................................... 17 Medical devices ...................................... 17 Vehicles ................................................. 18 Potentially explosive environments ................. 18 Disposal instructions............................... 19 ENERGY STAR ..................................... 19 Wireless adapter regulatory information 20 Radio frequency interference ...................... 20 Use on aircraft ............................................. 21 The wireless adapter and your health .................... 21 USA FCC and FAA ................................. 21 FCC radio frequency interference requirements............................................... 22 RF exposure ............................................... 24 Canada Industry Canada (IC) ...................... 24 European Union .......................................... 26 Compliant with Russian regulatory certification ................................................. 29 4 - Important safety information for children I MP OR T AN T S AF E TY I NF O RM AT I ON F OR C HI LD R E N CAUTION - ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PRODUCT. THIS IS NOT A TOY. TO AVOID RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK OR FIRE IT SHOULD NOT BE USED WITHOUT ADULT SUPERVISION OR PLACED WHERE SMALL CHILDREN CAN REACH IT. CAUTION -

ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PRODUCT. Not recommended for children under 3 years of age. As with all electrical products, precautions should be observed during handling and use of electrical products to reduce the risk of electric shock.

"CAUTION for film bag - Keep away from small children; the thin film may cling to nose and mouth and prevent breathing."

As with the power supply (adapter) should not be handled by the children, precautions should be observed during handling and use to prevent electric shock and high temperature. Children should be very careful while handling the power supply

(adapter), in particular plugging the power supply into the receptacle

(power outlet). The product should not be placed on the bare skin (e.g. lap of a child) for long periods. The laptop should be placed on a flat surface, like a desk or tabletop, if intending to use it for more than a few minutes. The product, including power supply and battery pack, as applicable should not be left in the rain or exposure to water. If cleaning is necessary do not immerse in water; wipe clean with a damp cloth. The product, including power supply and battery pack, as applicable should not be dropped, crushed (stepped on) or otherwise abused. Children should be careful with the cable (wiring) between the power supply (adapter) and laptop, in particular as a potential trip hazard. An adult should periodically inspect the product for damage, including the power supply and casing around the battery pack, (as applicable, and replace or send for repair if necessary. Similarly, if a child notices damage or broken parts, this should be reported to an adult immediately so that the damaged parts can be replaced or repaired. Tips and information for comfortable use - 5 T IP S AN D IN F OR M AT I O N F OR C OM F O RT AB LE USE Important Some of the information in this guide may not apply to your computer. Computer users may complain of eyestrain and headaches after prolonged use. Users are also at risk of physical injury after long hours of working in front of a computer. Long work periods, bad posture, poor work habits, stress, inadequate working conditions, personal health and other factors greatly increase the risk of physical injury. Incorrect computer usage may lead to carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, tenosynovitis or other musculoskeletal disorders. The following symptoms may appear in the hands, wrists, arms, shoulders, neck or back:

Numbness, or a burning or tingling sensation. Aching, soreness or tenderness. Pain, swelling or throbbing. Stiffness or tightness. Coldness or weakness. If you have these symptoms, or any other recurring or persistent discomfort and/or pain related to computer use, consult a physician immediately and inform your company's health and safety department. The following section provides tips for more comfortable computer use. Finding your comfort zone Find your comfort zone by adjusting the viewing angle of the monitor, using a footrest, or raising your sitting height to achieve maximum comfort. Observe the following tips:

Refrain from staying too long in one fixed posture. 6 - Tips and information for comfortable use Avoid slouching forward and/or leaning backward. Stand up and walk around regularly to remove the strain on your leg muscles. Take short rests to relax your neck and shoulders. Avoid tensing your muscles or shrugging your shoulders. Install the external display, keyboard and mouse properly and within comfortable reach. If you view your monitor more than your documents, place the display at the center of your desk to minimize neck strain. Taking care of your vision Long viewing hours, wearing incorrect glasses or contact lenses, glare, excessive room lighting, poorly focused screens, very small typefaces and low-contrast displays could stress your eyes. The following sections provide suggestions on how to reduce eyestrain. Eyes Rest your eyes frequently. Give your eyes regular breaks by looking away from the monitor and focusing on a distant point. Blink frequently to keep your eyes from drying out. Display Keep your display clean. Keep your head at a higher level than the top edge of the display so your eyes point downward when looking at the middle of the display. Adjust the display brightness and/or contrast to a comfortable level for enhanced text readability and graphics clarity. Eliminate glare and reflections by:

placing your display in such a way that the side faces the window or any light source, minimizing room light by using drapes, shades or blinds, using a task light, changing the display's viewing angle, using a glare-reduction filter, Tips and information for comfortable use - 7 using a display visor, such as a piece of cardboard extended from the display's top front edge. Avoid adjusting your display to an awkward viewing angle. Avoid looking at bright light sources for extended periods of time. Developing good work habits The following work habits make computer use more relaxing and productive:

Take short breaks regularly and often. Perform some stretching exercises. Breathe fresh air as often as possible. Exercise regularly and maintain a healthy body. Warning We do not recommend using the computer on a couch or bed. If this is unavoidable, work for only short periods, take breaks regularly, and do some stretching exercises. Protecting your hearing Warning Permanent hearing if earphones or headphones are used at high volume for prolonged periods of time. loss may occur To protect your hearing, follow these instructions. Increase the volume gradually until you can hear clearly and comfortably. Do not increase the volume level after your ears have adjusted. Do not listen to music at high volumes for extended periods. Do not increase the volume to block out noisy surroundings. Decrease the volume if you can't hear people speaking near you. 8 - Basic care and tips for using your computer B ASIC C AR E AN D T IPS F OR U SI NG YO UR C O MP UT ER Read these instructions carefully. Keep this document for future reference. Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product. Turning your computer on and off To turn on the computer, simply press and release the power button. Please refer to the setup poster for the location of the power button. Note If you cannot power off the computer normally, press and hold the power button for more than four seconds to shut down the computer. If you turn off the computer and want to turn it on again, wait at least two seconds before powering up. Taking care of your computer Your computer will serve you well if you take care of it. Do not expose the computer to direct sunlight. Do not place it near sources of heat, such as a radiator. Do not subject the computer to magnetic fields. Do not expose the computer to rain or moisture. Do not spill water or any liquid on the computer. Do not drop, bump, scratches, twist, hit, shake push, or place heavy objects on your computer, display, or external devices. Do not subject the computer to heavy shock or vibration. Do not expose the computer to dust or dirt. Never place objects on top of the computer. Do not slam the computer display when you close it. Never place the computer on uneven surfaces. Where possible, keep all objects at least 15 cm away from the computer to avoid causing computer damage. General Basic care and tips for using your computer - 9 Do not use this product near water. Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand or table. If the product falls, it could be seriously damaged. Slots and openings are provided for ventilation to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, rug or other similar surface. This product should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat register, or in a built-in installation unless proper ventilation is provided. Never push objects of any kind into this product through cabinet slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short-out parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind onto or into the product. To avoid damage of internal components and to prevent battery leakage, do not place the product on a vibrating surface. Never use it under sporting, exercising, or any vibrating environment which will probably cause a short-circuit or damage rotor devices, HDD, optical drive, and even exposure risk from the lithium battery pack. The bottom surface, areas around ventilation openings and AC adapter may get hot. To avoid injury, ensure they do not come in contact with your skin or body. Your device and its enhancements may contain small parts. Keep them out of the reach of small children. The surface temperature of the base will rise during normal operation, particularly when plugged in to AC power. Allowing sustained contact with exposed skin can cause discomfort or burns. Pack your computer carefully Use a quality carrying case that provides adequate cushioning and protection. Do not pack your computer in a tightly packed suitcase or bag. 10 - Basic care and tips for using your computer Before putting your computer in a carrying case, make sure that it is off or in sleep mode. Do not put a computer in a carrying case while it is turned on. Safety instructions Product servicing Do not attempt to service this product yourself, as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage points or other risks. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Unplug this product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel when:

The power cord or plug is damaged, cut or frayed. Liquid was spilled into the product. The product was exposed to rain or water. The product has been dropped or the case has been damaged. The product exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a The product does not operate normally after following the operating The product exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a The product does not operate normally after following the operating need for service. instructions. need for service. instructions. Note Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions, since improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the product to normal condition. Cleaning and servicing When cleaning the computer, follow these steps:

1. Turn off the computer and remove the battery pack if applicable. Basic care and tips for using your computer - 11 2. Disconnect the AC adapter. 3. Use a soft, moist cloth. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners. Prevent Electrostatic discharge: A discharge of static electricity from finger or other electrostatic conductors can seriously damage a battery, or other electronic components and cause loss of information deletion from electrostatic damage to a drive. Before handling an electronic device, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface. Battery and adapter information Accessing the power Be sure that the power outlet you plug into is easily accessible and located as close to the equipment operator as possible. When you need to disconnect power to the equipment, be sure to unplug from the electrical outlet. Disconnecting the power source Observe the following guidelines when connecting and disconnecting power to the power supply unit:

Install the power supply unit before connecting to the AC power outlet. Unplug before removing the power supply unit from the computer. If the system has multiple sources of power, disconnect power from the system by unplugging all power cords from the power supplies. Using electrical power Do not connect the adapter to any other device. When unplugging the power cord, do not pull on the cord itself but pull on the plug. This product should be operated from the type of power indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power available, consult your dealer or local power company. Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord. Do not locate this product where people will walk on the cord. 12 - Basic care and tips for using your computer If an extension cord is used with this product, make sure that the total ampere rating of the equipment plugged into the extension cord does not exceed the extension cord ampere rating. Also, make sure that the total rating of all products plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed the fuse rating. Do not overload a power outlet, strip or receptacle by plugging in too many devices. The overall system load must not exceed 80% of the branch circuit rating. If power strips are used, the load should not exceed 80% of the power strip's input rating. If this product's AC adapter is equipped with a three-wire grounded plug. The plug only fits in a grounded power outlet. Make sure the power outlet is properly grounded before inserting the AC adapter plug. Do not insert the plug into a non-grounded power outlet. Contact your electrician for details. Warning The grounding pin is a safety feature. Using a power outlet that is not properly grounded may result in electric shock and/or injury. Note The grounding pin also provides good protection from unexpected noise produced by other nearby electrical devices that may interfere with the performance of this product. The system can be powered using a wide range of voltages; 100 to 120 or 220 to 240 V or 100-240 V AC. The power cord included with the system meets the requirements for use in the country/region where the system was purchased. Power cords for use in other countries/regions must meet the requirements for that country/

region. For more information on power cord requirements, contact an authorized reseller or service provider. Guidelines for safe battery usage Basic care and tips for using your computer - 13 Warning When using a charging cart or a small space to simultaneously charge or operate multiple devices , the area must be well- ventilated and the temperature kept between 0 C (32 F) to 35 C (95 F) and battery charging must be stopped when 100% capacity is reached. Continuous charging can cause deformation or damage to the battery/

device. Precautions when charging batteries The useful lifespan of a battery is adversely affected by the following behavior:

Constantly charging the battery/device when already at full capacity. Charging the battery/device at temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). To prevent damage, follow these precautions:

Stop charging the battery once it reaches 100% capacity; regularly or frequently charging a fully charged battery for an extended period of time may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that you recharge the device when the battery level drops below 70% capacity. Do not charge battery in temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). Charging in abnormally high or abnormally low temperatures can cause battery deformation or damage. The charging port must be clean and free from debris and should only be used with Acer charging equipment. Use of a non-Acer battery or charging equipment can cause damage to the product and will void the warranty. If you plan to store the device for a long period of time, turn-off the device, remove AC power and store the product at room temperature (0 C - 35 C) in a dry (humidity: 45% - 80%), well-

ventilated area. Avoid direct sunlight, high temperatures and high humidity. Do not leave your devices battery completely discharged for a long period of time; this may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that the battery is checked and charged to approximately 50% capacity every 6 months. 14 - Basic care and tips for using your computer ONLY CHARGE THE BATTERY IN A CLEAN, WELL VENTILATED AREA. Warning Batteries may explode if not handled properly. Do not disassemble or dispose of batteries in fire. Do not short external contacts, crush, puncture or otherwise tamper with batteries. Keep batteries away from children. Follow local regulations when disposing of used batteries. Precautions when replacing the battery Improper replacement or mishandling could damage the battery, cause overheating, result in injury, and risk fire or explosion. Device with built-in battery: A built-in battery must be replaced by an authorized service center. Do not attempt to replace or remove the battery by yourself. Device with removable battery: The battery should only be replaced with parts approved by Acer. Do not replace the battery with any parts other than approved ones. This notebook uses a Lithium-based battery. Do not use it in a humid, wet or corrosive environment. Do not put, store or leave your product in or near a heat source, in a high temperature location, in strong direct sunlight, in a microwave oven or in a pressurized container, and do not expose it to temperatures over 50 C (122 F). Failure to follow these guidelines may cause the battery to leak acid, become hot, explode or ignite and cause injury and/or damage. Do not pierce, open or disassemble the battery. If the battery leaks and you come into contact with the leaked fluids, rinse thoroughly with water and seek medical attention immediately. For safety reasons, and to prolong the lifetime of the battery, charging will must not occur at temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 35 C (95 F). The full performance of a new battery is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times, but it will eventually wear out. When the operation time becomes noticeably shorter than normal, check an authorized reseller to purchase a new battery. Basic care and tips for using your computer - 15 Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short-circuit the battery. Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object such as a coin, clip or pen causes direct connection of the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals of the battery. (These look like metal strips on the battery.) This might happen, for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting object. The capacity and lifetime of the battery will be reduced if the battery is left in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summer or winter. Always try to keep the battery between 15 C and 25 C (59 F and 77 F). A device with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is especially limited in temperatures well below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire as they may explode. Batteries may also explode if damaged. Dispose of batteries according to local regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household waste. Wireless devices may be susceptible to interference from the battery, which could affect performance. Note Please refer to www.acer.com for battery shipping documents. Internal battery Do not attempt to replace a built-in rechargeable battery, battery replacement must be done by an Acer- authorized repair facility. Recharge the battery by following the instruction included in the product documentation. 16 - Warnings and regulatory information W AR N I N GS AN D RE G UL AT O R Y IN F OR M AT I O N Optical drives CAUTION: This appliance contains a laser system and is classified as a "CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT." In case of any trouble with this device, please contact your nearest AUTHORIZED service station. To prevent direct exposure to the laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT CAUTION: INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM. APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1 PRODUIT LASERATTENTION: RADIATION DU FAISCEAU LASER INVISIBLE EN CAS DOUVERTURE. EVITTER TOUTE EXPOSITION AUX RAYONS. LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE LASER KLASSE 1 VORSICHT:

ABDECKUNG GEFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHLL AUSSETZEN PRODUCTO LSER DE LA CLASE I ADVERTENCIA: RADIACIN LSER INVISIBLE AL SER ABIERTO. EVITE EXPONERSE A LOS RAYOS. ADVARSEL: LASERSTRLING VEDBNING SE STRLEN. VARO! LAVATTAESSA OLET ALTTINA LASERSTEILYLLE. VARNING: LASERSTRLNING NR DENNA DEL R PPNAD L TUIJOTA STEESEENSTIRRA EJ IN I STRLEN VARNING:

PPNADSTIRRA EJ IN I STRLEN ADVARSEL: LASERSTRLING NAR DEKSEL PNESSTIRR IKKE INN I STRLEN LASERSTRLNING NAR DENNA DEL LASERSTRAHLUNG, WENN UNSICHTBARE IKKE IND R I Warnings and regulatory information - 17 Telephone line safety Disconnect all telephone lines from the equipment when not in use and/or before servicing. To avoid the remote risk of electric shock from lightning, do not connect the telephone line to this equipment during lightning or thunderstorms. Emergency calls Warning You cannot make emergency calls through this device. To make an emergency call you shall dial out through your mobile phone or other telephone call system. Medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including wireless phones, may interfere with the functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your device in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF transmissions. Pacemakers. Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 15.3 centimeters (6 inches) be maintained between wireless devices and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. These recommendations are consistent with the recommendations of Wireless independent Technology Research. Persons with pacemakers should do the following:

Always keep the device more than 15.3 centimeters (6 inches) from research by and the pacemaker Not carry the device near your pacemaker when the device is switched on. If you suspect interference, switch off your device, and move it. 18 - Warnings and regulatory information Vehicles Hearing aids. Some digital wireless devices may interfere with some hearing aids. If interference occurs, consult your service provider. RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles such as electronic fuel injection systems, electronic antiskid (anti-lock) braking systems, electronic speed control systems, and air bag systems. For more information, check with the manufacturer, or its representative, of your vehicle or any equipment that has been added. Only qualified personnel should service the device, or install the device in a vehicle. Faulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty that may apply to the device. Check regularly that all wireless equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly. Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the device, its parts, or enhancements. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, including installed or portable wireless equipment in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperly installed, and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. Using your device while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless devices in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network, and may be illegal. Potentially explosive environments Warning Do not operate a portable transmitter (including this wireless adapter) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the transmitter has been modified to be qualified for such use. Switch off your device when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Potentially explosive atmospheres include areas where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Sparks in such areas could cause an Warnings and regulatory information - 19 explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Switch off the device at refueling points such as near gas pumps at service stations. Observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, storage, and distribution areas; chemical plants; or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical transfer or storage facilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas

(such as propane or butane), and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles such as grain, dust or metal powders. Do not switch the notebook on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger. Disposal instructions Do not throw this electronic device into the trash when discarding. To minimize pollution and ensure utmost protection of the global environment, please recycle. For from Electrical and the Waste more Electronics Equipment (WEEE) regulations, visit www.acer-group.com/public/Sustainability information on ENERGY STAR Acer's ENERGY STAR qualified products save your money by reducing energy cost and protecting the environment without sacrificing features or performance. Acer is proud to offer our customers products with the ENERGY STAR mark. What is ENERGY STAR?

Products that are ENERGY STAR qualified use less energy and prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency guidelines set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Acer is committed to offering products and services worldwide that help customers save money, conserve energy and improve the quality of our environment. The more energy we can save through higher energy efficiency, the more we reduce greenhouse gases and the to risks www.energystar.gov or www.energystar.gov/powermanagement. change. More information climate refers of 20 - Warnings and regulatory information Note Information in this section may not apply to your computer. Acer ENERGY STAR qualified products:

Produce less heat and reduce cooling loads, and warmer climates. Automatically go into "display sleep" and "computer sleep" within 10 and 30 minutes of inactivity respectively (Refer to the settings in Power Management). Wake the computer from sleep mode by pushing keyboard or moving mouse. Computers will save more than 80% energy at "sleep" mode. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks Wireless adapter regulatory information Radio frequency interference Warning For safety reasons, turn off all wireless or radio transmitting devices when using your laptop under the following conditions. These devices may include, but are not limited to: wireless LAN (WLAN), Bluetooth and/or cellular. Remember to follow any special regulations in force in any area, and always switch off your device when its use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger. Use the device only in its normal operating positions. This device meets RF exposure guidelines when used normally. To successfully transmit data files or messages, this device requires a good quality connection to the network. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be delayed until such a connection is available. Parts of the device are magnetic. Metallic materials may be attracted to the device, and persons with hearing aids should not hold the device to the ear with the hearing aid. Do not place credit cards or other magnetic storage media near the device, because information stored on them may be erased. Warnings and regulatory information - 21 Use on aircraft Warning FCC and FAA regulations may prohibit airborne operation of radio-

frequency wireless devices (wireless adapters) because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Ask the cabin crew before turning on your devices wireless adapter whilst on board. The wireless adapter and your health and These recommendations. The wireless adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by the wireless adapter, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The wireless adapter operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the wireless adapter may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the applicable organization. Examples of such situations may include:

Using the wireless adapter on board airplanes, or Using the wireless adapter in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful. standards If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless adapters in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the adapter before you turn it on. USA FCC and FAA The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The wireless adapter meets the Human Exposure limits found in OET Bulletin 65, 22 - Warnings and regulatory information supplement C, 2001, and ANSI/IEEE C95.1, 1992. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:

Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; this behavior may cause damage to the radio. The use of wireless adapters in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety directors of such environments. The use of wireless adapters on airplanes is governed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). The use of wireless adapters in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. FCC radio frequency interference requirements Note Applies to device supporting IEEE 802.11a/ac wireless adapters. This device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz and 5.470 to 5.725 GHz frequency ranges. FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency ranges 5.15 to 5.25 GHz and 5.470 to 5.725 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and /or damage this device. No configuration controls are provided for this wireless adapter allowing any change in the frequency of operations outside the FCC grant of authorization for U.S operation according to Part 15.407 of the FCC rules. USA Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Warnings and regulatory information - 23 Note The radiated output power of the adapter is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the adapter should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, you should keep a distance of at least 20 cm between you

(or any other person in the vicinity), or the minimum separation distance as specified by the FCC grant conditions, and the antenna that is built into the computer. Details of the authorized configurations can be found at www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/ by entering the FCC ID number on the device. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. 15.21 You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the part responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Interference statement This wireless adapter has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This wireless adapter generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the wireless adapter is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the wireless adapter may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this wireless adapter does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception (which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna of the equipment experiencing the interference. 24 - Warnings and regulatory information Increase the distance between the wireless adapter and the equipment experiencing the interference. Connect the computer with the wireless adapter to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the equipment experiencing the interference is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. RF exposure FCC RF Radiation Exposure Statement:

1. This Transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 2. This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance which states in DoC between the radiator and your body. Canada Industry Canada (IC) This device complies with RSS247 of Industry Canada. Cet appareil se conforme RSS247 de Canada d'Industrie. This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Warnings and regulatory information - 25 les le but de Under Industry Canada regulations, this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum (or lesser) gain approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than that necessary for successful communication. Conformment la rglementation d'Industrie Canada, le prsent metteur radio peut fonctionner avec une antenne d'un type et d'un gain maximal (ou infrieur) approuv pour l'metteur par Industrie Canada. Dans risques de brouillage rduire radiolectrique l'intention des autres utilisateurs, il faut choisir le type d'antenne et son gain de sorte que la puissance isotrope rayonne quivalente (p.i.r.e.) ne dpasse pas l'intensit ncessaire l'tablissement d'une communication satisfaisante. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. La bande 5 150-5 250 MHz est rservs uniquement pour une utilisation l'intrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Users are advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Les utilisateurs tes aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., qu'ils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5 250-5 350 MHz et 5 650-5 850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. IC RF Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance which states in DoC between the radiator & your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 26 - Warnings and regulatory information Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:

Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de XX cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. European Union List of applicable countries This product must be used in strict accordance with the regulations and constraints in the country of use. For further information, contact the local office in the country of use. Please see https://europa.eu/

european-union/about-eu/countries_en for the latest country list. Specific absorption rate information This device meets the EU requirements on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of and measurement for the European Council's recommended limit for mobile devices is the "Specific Absorption Rate" (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/kg averaged over 10 grams of body tissue. It meets the International Commission on Non-Ionizing requirements of Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). For body worn operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNIRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard, for use with dedicated accessories. Use of other accessories which contain metals may not ensure compliance with ICNIRP exposure guidelines. The low band 5.15 to 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only. Hereby, [Acer Incorporated] declares that the radio equipment type

[N18H2] is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:

the Warnings and regulatory information - 27 And, EU Declaration of Conformity We, Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec. 1, Xintai 5th Rd., Xizhi, New Taipei City 221, Taiwan Contact Person: Mr. RU Jan, E-mail: ru.jan@acer.com Acer Italy s.r.l. Via Lepetit, 40, 20020 Lainate (MI) Italy Tel: +39-02-939-921 ,Fax: +39-02 9399-2913 www.acer.it Product:

Keyboard Trade Name: acer Model Number N18H2 SF313-51***

Notebook Computer Tablet Computer Dock SKU Number (* is 0-9, a-z, A-Z, -, or blank) Software Radio-related Version:

Supplied Accessories and Components Windows 7 above Adaptor , USB, mouse We, Acer Incorporated, hereby declare under our sole responsibility that the product described above is in conformity with the relevant Union harmonization legislation:

Directive 2014/53/EU on Radio Equipment, RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU and ErP Directive 2009/125/EC. The following harmonized standards and/or other relevant standards have been applied:

Radio frequency spectrum usage (Directive 2014/53/EU) Draft ETSI EN301489-1 V2.2.0 Draft ETSI EN301489-17 V3.2.0 Draft ETSI EN 301489-52 V1.1.0 EN 55032 : 2015/AC:2016 EN 55024 : 2010 / A1: 2015 EN 61000-3-2 : 2014 EN 61000-3-3 : 2013 EN60950-1:2006+A11:2009+A1:2010+A12:2011+A2:2013 RoHS (Directive 2011/65/EU) EN 50581:2012 ErP (Directive 2009/125/EC) Regulation (EU) No. 617/ 2013 EN62311 :2008 EN62209-2 :2010 EN 50566:2017 ETSI EN 301 908-2 V11.1.2 , ETSI EN 301 908-13 V11.1.2 ETSI EN 301 908-1 V11.1.1 ETSI EN 300 328 V2.1.1 ETSI EN 301 893 V2.1.1 Regulation (EC) No. 278/2009; E 28 - Warnings and regulatory information Regulation (EC) No. 1275/ 2008; EN 50564:2011 This device contains the radio equipment and should operate with a minimum distance of 0 centimeters between the radiator and your body. The notified body (Name: Telefication B.V., ID: 0560) performed the conformity assessment according to Annex III of the RE Directive and issued the EU-type examination certificate. Year to begin affixing CE marking: 2018. _______________________________ 12/16/2020 RU Jan / Sr. Manager Date Acer Incorporated (Taipei, Taiwan) Union Compliance, and more details refer to the attached Declaration of Conformity. Warnings and regulatory information - 29 Italy The use of this equipment is regulated by:

1. D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, article 104 (activity subject to general authorization) for outdoor use and article 105 (free use) for indoor use, in both cases for private use. 2. D.M. 28.5.03, for supply to public of RLAN access to networks and telecom services. Luso degli apparati regolamentato da:

1. D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, articoli 104

(attivit soggette ad autorizzazione generale) se utilizzati al di fuori del proprio fondo e 105 (libero uso) se utilizzati entro il proprio fondo, in entrambi i casi per uso private. 2. D.M. 28.5.03, per la fornitura al pubblico dellaccesso R-LAN alle reti e ai servizi di telecomunicazioni. Belgium Dans le cas d'une utilisation prive, l'extrieur d'un btiment, au-

dessus d'un espace public, aucun enregistrement n'est ncessaire pour une distance de moins de 300 m. Pour une distance suprieure 300 m un enregistrement auprs de l'IBPT est requise. Pour les enregistrements et licences, veuillez contacter l'IBPT. In geval van priv-gebruik, buiten een gebouw, op een openbare plaats, is geen registratie nodig, wanneer de afstand minder dan 300 m is. Voor een afstand groter dan 300 m is een registratie bij BIPT vereist. Voor registraties en licenties, gelieve BIPT te contacteren. 30 - Warnings and regulatory information To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods Brazil Pakistan Morocco Warnings and regulatory information - 31 Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Pakistan Telecommunication Authority (PTA) Approved. The operation of this product in the radio channel 2 (2417 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Agadir, Assa-Zag, Cabo Negro, Chaouen, Goulmima, Oujda, Tan Tan, Taourirt, Taroudant and Taza. The operation of this product in the radio channels 4, 5, 6 and 7 (2425

- 2442 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Aroport Mohamed V, Agadir, Aguelmous, Anza, Benslimane, Bni Hafida, Cabo Negro, Casablanca, Fs, Lakbab, Marrakech, Merchich, Mohammdia, Rabat, Sal, Tanger, Tan Tan, Taounate, Tit Mellil, Zag. Japan Korea Taiwan 5 GHz

32 - Warnings and regulatory information Modifications to the product Acer cannot be held responsible for unauthorized modifications made by the user and the consequences thereof, which may alter the conformity of the product. Compliant with Russian regulatory certification

USERS MANUAL 2 -

2021. All Rights Reserved. Predator Helios 300 Covers: PH315-54 / PH317-55 This revision: April 2021 Important This manual contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright laws. The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Some features described in this manual may not be supported depending on the Operating System version. Images provided herein are for reference only and may contain information or features that do not apply to your computer. Acer Group shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained in this manual. Register your Predator product If your new device runs on Windows OS, you may have had your product registered automatically while you start up your device with Windows OS. Log in at www.acer.com/myproducts with the email address you registered for Windows OS to review your product record. (Reset your password if you do not know it.) If the record is not found, please follow the steps below to register. 1. Ensure you are connected to the Internet. 2. Go to www.acer.com/register-product. 3. Sign in or sign up for an Acer ID. 4. Enter S/N or SNID of your device to register it. Model number: __________________________________________ Serial number: ___________________________________________ Date of purchase: _______________________________________ Place of purchase: ______________________________________ The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing Administrator, Inc. in the United States and other countries. T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S Table of contents - 3 6 First things first Your guides ................................................... 6 Basic care and tips for using your computer .......................................................... 7 Turning your computer off ...................... 7 Taking care of your computer................ 7 Taking care of your AC adapter........... 8 Cleaning and servicing ............................... 8 Guidelines for safe battery usage ...... 9 Internal battery ........................................ 12 Your Predator notebook tour 13 Screen view ................................................. 13 Keyboard view ........................................... 15 Left view........................................................ 17 USB 3.2 Gen 1 information .................... 17 Right view .................................................... 18 USB Type-C information........................ 18 USB 3.2 Gen 2 information .................. 18 Rear view ...................................................... 19 Base view..................................................... 20 Using the keyboard 21 Lock keys...................................................... 21 Hotkeys.......................................................... 21 Windows keys ........................................... 23 Using the Precision Touchpad 24 Touchpad gestures ................................ 24 Changing touchpad settings............. 26 Recovery 28 Creating a file history backup ......... 28 Creating a factory default backup 30 Backing up your wireless and LAN drivers............................................................ 32 Restoring your computer................... 32 Reset this PC and keep my files....... 32 Reset this PC and remove everything 35 39 Using a Bluetooth connection Enabling and disabling Bluetooth . 39 Enable Bluetooth and add a device 39 Connecting to the Internet 42 Connecting to a wireless network. 42 Connecting to a wireless LAN ............ 42 Connecting with a cable ...................... 45 Built-in network feature ........................ 45 Connecting to a cellular network... 45 PredatorSense 46 The PredatorSense main screen ... 46 PredatorSense and Acer TrueHarmonyTM settings .................. 47 Boot logo customization..................... 48 Planet9 website....................................... 48 Adjusting the keyboard backlight. 49 Static lighting ............................................... 49 Dynamic lighting......................................... 49 Creating a Lighting Profile................... 50 Operating Mode........................................ 51 Fan control .................................................. 52 Monitoring.................................................... 52 Game Sync settings ............................... 53 App Center.................................................. 54 App Management....................................... 54 Bluelight Shield 55 57 Securing your computer Using a computer security lock ...... 57 Using passwords...................................... 57 Entering passwords.................................. 58 BIOS utility 59 Boot sequence.......................................... 59 Setting passwords ................................. 59 Power management 60 Saving power............................................. 60 62 Battery pack Battery characteristics ....................... 62 Charging the battery ............................... 62 Optimizing battery life ............................ 63 Checking the battery level ................... 64 Battery-low warning................................ 64 65 Traveling with your computer Disconnecting from the desktop ... 65 Moving around ......................................... 65 Preparing the computer ........................ 65 What to bring to meetings ................... 66 Taking the computer home ............... 66 Preparing the computer ........................ 66 What to take with you ............................. 67 Special considerations ............................. 67 Setting up a home office ........................ 67 Traveling with the computer ............ 68 Preparing the computer ........................ 68 What to take with you ............................ 68 Special considerations ............................ 68 Traveling internationally .................... 69 Preparing the computer ........................ 69 What to bring with you .......................... 69 Special considerations ............................ 69 4 - Table of contents Universal Serial Bus (USB) USB Type-C port Thunderbolt 4 port 74 Displays ........................................................ 74 Video and audio connectors 75 Connecting a monitor ............................ 75 Headphones and microphone ........... 75 72 73 76 HDMI Frequently asked questions 78 Requesting service................................. 80 Tips and hints for using Windows 10...................................................................... 82 How do I get to Start? ........................... 82 How do I turn off my computer? ..... 82 How do I unlock my computer?........ 82 How do I set the alarm?........................ 84 Where are my apps?................................ 85 What is a Microsoft ID (account)?.. 86 How do I check for Windows updates?.......................................................... 86 Where can I get more information? 87 Troubleshooting ...................................... 88 Troubleshooting tips................................ 88 Error messages........................................... 88 90 Internet and online security First steps on the net .......................... 90 Protecting your computer.................... 90 Choose an Internet Service Provider 90 Network connections ............................... 92 Surf the Net! ................................................. 94 Internet security software................... 94 Getting started... In this section you will find:

Useful information on caring for your computer and your health Where to find the power button, ports and connectors Tips and tricks for using the touchpad and keyboard How to create recovery backups Guidelines for connecting to a network and using Bluetooth Information on using Predators bundled software 6 - First things first F I R S T T HI N G S F I R ST We would like to thank you for making this Predator notebook your choice for meeting your mobile computing needs. Your guides To help you use your Predator notebook, we have designed a set of guides:

First off, the Setup Guide helps you get started with setting up your computer and introduces the basic features and functions of your new computer. For more on how your computer can help you to be more productive, please refer to the Users Manual. This guide contains detailed information on such subjects as system utilities, and data troubleshooting. Once you have connected to the internet, you can download updates for your computer from:

http://go.acer.com/?id=17883 expansion recovery, options 1. The link will open the Predator Support webpage. 2. Scroll down to Drivers and Manuals and search for your model by pasting in or manually entering the serial number, SNID, or product model. 3. From this page you can also download and install the Predator identification utility that will automatically detect your computers serial number and SNID and allow you to copy it to the clipboard. 4. Once you have found your product model, any updates, or documents will be listed. Basic care and tips for using your computer Turning your computer off First things first - 7 To turn the power off, do any of the following:

Use the Windows shutdown command: Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button, select Power >

Shut down. Right-click the Windows Start button > Shut down or sign out > Shut down. If you need to power down the computer for a short while, but dont want to completely shut it down, you can put it to Sleep by doing any of the following:

Press the power button. Press the sleep hotkey. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button, select Power > Sleep. Right-click the Windows Start button > Shut down or sign out > Sleep. Note If you cannot power off the computer normally, press and hold the power button for up to ten seconds to shut down the computer. If you turn off the computer and want to turn it on again, wait at least two seconds before powering up. Taking care of your computer Your computer will serve you well if you take care of it. Only use the adapter provided with your device, or an Acer-

approved adapter to power your device. Do not expose the computer to direct sunlight. Do not place it near sources of heat, such as a radiator. Do not expose the computer to temperatures below 0 C

(32 F) or above 50 C (122 F). Do not subject the computer to magnetic fields. 8 - First things first Do not expose the computer to rain or moisture. Do not spill water or any liquid on the computer. Do not subject the computer to heavy shock or vibration. Do not expose the computer to dust or dirt. Never place objects on top of the computer. Do not slam the computer display when you close it. Never place the computer on uneven surfaces. Taking care of your AC adapter Here are some ways to take care of your AC adapter:

Do not connect the adapter to any other device. Do not step on the power cord or place heavy objects on top of it. Route the power cord and any cables away from where people walk. When unplugging the power cord, do not pull on the cord itself but pull on the plug. The total ampere ratings of the equipment plugged in should not exceed the ampere rating of the cord if you are using an extension cord. Also, the total current rating of all equipment plugged into a single wall outlet should not exceed the fuse rating. Cleaning and servicing When cleaning the computer, follow these steps:

1. Turn off the computer. 2. Disconnect the AC adapter. 3. Use a soft, moist cloth. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners. If your computer is dropped or visibly damaged, or does not work normally, please contact your nearest authorized Acer service center. Guidelines for safe battery usage First things first - 9 Warning When using a charging cart or a small space to simultaneously charge or operate multiple devices , the area must be well-

ventilated and the temperature kept between 0 C (32 F) to 35 C (95 F) and battery charging must be stopped when 100%

capacity is reached. Continuous charging can cause deformation or damage to the battery/device. Precautions when charging batteries The useful lifespan of a battery is adversely affected by the following behavior:

Constantly charging the battery/device when already at full capacity. Charging the battery/device at temperatures above 35 C

(95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). To prevent damage, follow these precautions:

Stop charging the battery once it reaches 100% capacity;

regularly or frequently charging a fully charged battery for an extended period of time may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that you recharge the device when the battery level drops below 70% capacity. Do not charge battery in temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). Charging in abnormally high or abnormally cause battery deformation or damage. temperatures can low The charging port must be clean and free from debris and should only be used with Acer charging equipment. Use of a non-Acer battery or charging equipment can cause damage to the product and will void the warranty. If you plan to store the device for a long period of time, turn-off the device, remove AC power and store the product at room temperature (0 C - 35 C) in a dry

(humidity: 45% - 80%), well-ventilated area. Avoid direct sunlight, high temperatures and high humidity. Do not 10 - First things first leave your devices battery completely discharged for a long period of time; this may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that the battery is checked and charged to approximately 50% capacity every 6 months. ONLY CHARGE THE BATTERY IN A CLEAN, WELL VENTILATED AREA. Warning Batteries may explode if not handled properly. Do not disassemble or dispose of batteries in fire. Do not short external contacts, crush, puncture or otherwise tamper with batteries. Keep batteries away from children. Follow local regulations when disposing of used batteries. Precautions when replacing the battery Improper replacement or mishandling could damage the battery, cause overheating, result in injury, and risk fire or explosion. Device with built-in battery: A built-in battery must be replaced by an authorized service center. Do not attempt to replace or remove the battery by yourself. Device with removable battery: The battery should only be replaced with parts approved by Acer. Do not replace the battery with any parts other than approved ones. location, in strong direct sunlight, This notebook uses a Lithium-based battery. Do not use it in a humid, wet or corrosive environment. Do not put, store or leave your product in or near a heat source, in a high temperature in a microwave oven or in a pressurized container, and do not expose it to temperatures over 50 C (122 F). Failure to follow these guidelines may cause the battery to leak acid, become hot, explode or ignite and cause injury and/or damage. Do not pierce, open or disassemble the battery. If the battery leaks and you come into contact with the leaked fluids, rinse thoroughly with water and seek medical attention immediately. For safety reasons, and to prolong the lifetime of the battery, charging will must not First things first - 11 occur at temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 35 C

(95 F). The full performance of a new battery is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times, but it will eventually wear out. When the operation time than normal, check an becomes noticeably shorter authorized reseller to purchase a new battery. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short-circuit the battery. Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object such as a coin, clip or pen causes direct connection of the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals of the battery. (These look like metal strips on the battery.) This might happen, for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting object. The capacity and lifetime of the battery will be reduced if the battery is left in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summer or winter. Always try to keep the battery between 15 C and 25 C (59 F and 77 F). A device with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily, even when the battery is especially limited in temperatures well below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire as they may explode. Batteries may also explode if damaged. Dispose of batteries according to local regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household waste. Wireless devices may be susceptible to interference from the battery, which could affect performance. is fully charged. Battery performance Note Please refer to www.acer.com for battery shipping documents. 12 - First things first Internal battery Do not attempt to replace a built-in rechargeable battery, battery replacement must be done by an Acer- authorized repair facility. Recharge the battery by following the instruction included in the product documentation. Y O U R P R E D A T O R N O T E B O O K T O U R Your Predator notebook tour - 13 After setting up your computer as illustrated in the Setup Guide, let us show you around your new Predator computer. Screen view PH315-54 PH317-55 1 1 2 3 4 2 3 4

1 Icon Item Description Microphones Internal digital microphones for sound recording. 14 - Your Predator notebook tour

Icon Item Description 2 3 4 Webcam Battery indicator Web camera for video communication. A light next to the webcam indicates that the webcam is active. Indicates the computers battery status. Amber when the battery is charging. Blue when fully charged (with the AC adapter plugged in). Screen Displays computer output. Power indicator Indicates the computers power status. Keyboard view PH315-54 Your Predator notebook tour - 15 PH317-55 1 2 3 1 2 3 6 5 4 6 5 4

1 2 Icon Item Description TURBO TURBO key Keyboard Switches overclocking and fan speed level. For entering data into your computer. See "Using the keyboard" on page 21. 16 - Your Predator notebook tour

Icon Item Description Touchpad Touch-sensitive pointing device. The touchpad and selection buttons form a single surface. Press down firmly on the touchpad surface to perform a left click. Press down firmly on the lower right corner to perform a right click. PredatorSense key Launches PredatorSense application. Power button Turns the computer on and off. Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. 3 4 5 6 Left view Your Predator notebook tour - 17 1 2 3 4 5 Icon Item Description Kensington lock slot Connects to a Kensington-

compatible security lock. Ventilation and cooling fan Ethernet (RJ-

45) port Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Connects to an Ethernet 10/

100/1000Mbps/2.5Gbps-

based network. Pull the lip down to open the port fully. USB ports Connect to USB devices. Headset/

speaker jack Connects to audio devices (e.g., speakers, headphones) or a headset with microphone.

1 2 3 4 5 USB 3.2 Gen 1 information USB 3.2 Gen 1 compatible ports are blue. Compatible with USB 3.2 Gen 1 and earlier devices. For optimal performance, use USB 3.2 Gen 1-certified Defined by the USB 3.2 Gen 1 specification (SuperSpeed devices. USB). 18 - Your Predator notebook tour Right view 1 2 3 4 5

Icon Item Description 1 2 3 4 5 Connects to USB devices with a USB Type-C connector. Supports Thunderbolt 4 and displays. Connects to USB devices. USB Type-C /

Thunderbolt 4 port USB port with power-off charging HDMI port Supports high-definition digital video connections. Mini DisplayPort Connects to an external display device. Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. USB Type-C information USB 3.2 Gen 2 with transfer speeds up to 10 Gbps. Supports DisplayPort audio/video output. Compatible with Thunderbolt 4. Delivers up to 3 A at 5 V DC for USB charging. USB 3.2 Gen 2 information USB 3.2 Gen 2 compatible ports are blue. Compatible with USB 3.2 Gen 2 and earlier devices. For optimal performance, use USB 3.2 Gen 2-certified Defined by the USB 3.2 Gen 2 specification (SuperSpeed Your Predator notebook tour - 19 devices. USB). Rear view 2 1

Icon Item Description Connects to an AC adapter. 1 DC-in jack Note: Please press the AC adapter into the tunnel to the power connector. You will feel a click indicating it is connected. Then, check the light of battery indicator shows amber while charging. 2 Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. 20 - Your Predator notebook tour Base view PH315-54 PH317-55 1 2 1 2

Icon Item Description 1 2 Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Speakers Deliver stereo audio output. U S I N G T H E K E Y B O A R D Using the keyboard - 21 The keyboard has full-sized keys, a numeric keypad, separate cursor, lock, Windows keys and hotkeys. Lock keys The keyboard has lock keys which you can use to turn keyboard functions on and off. Lock key Description Caps Lock When Caps Lock is on, all alphabetic characters typed are in uppercase. Num Lock Scroll Lock When Num Lock is on, the keypad is in numeric mode. The keys function as a calculator (complete with the arithmetic operators +, -, *, and /). Use this mode when you need to do a lot of numeric data entry. When Scroll Lock is on, the screen moves one line up or down when you press the up or down arrow keys respectively. Scroll Lock does not work with some applications. Hotkeys To activate hotkeys, press and hold the Fn key before pressing the other key in the hotkey combination. Hotkey Icon Fn + F2 Function Touchpad toggle Fn + F3 Flight mode Fn + F4 Sleep Fn + F5 Display toggle Description Turns the built-in touchpad on and off. Turns on / off the computer's network devices. Puts the computer in Sleep mode. Switches display output between the display screen, external monitor (if connected) and both. 22 - Using the keyboard Hotkey Icon Function Fn + F6 Display off Description Turns the display screen backlight off to save power. Press any key to return. Turns the microphones on and off. Turns the speakers on and off. Decreases the intensity of the keyboard backlight. Increases the intensity of the keyboard backlight. Microphone toggle Speaker toggle Keyboard backlight decrease Keyboard backlight increase Fn + F7 Fn + F8 Fn + F9 Fn + F10 Insert Sends a Break Command. Fn + F11 Pause Pause Fn + F12 Scr Lk Scroll Lock Turns Scroll Lock on or off. Fn + Del Ins Fn +

Pg Up Fn +

Pg Dn Fn + End Play/Pause Previous Turns Insert on or off. Plays or pauses a selected media file. Returns to the previous media file. Jumps to the next media file. Increases the screen brightness. Decreases the screen brightness. Increases the sound volume. Decreases the sound volume. Next Brightness up Brightness down Volume up Volume down Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

Using the keyboard - 23 Windows keys The keyboard has two keys that perform Windows-specific functions. Key Description Windows key Pressed alone it returns to the Start screen or to return to the last open app. Application key This key has the same effect as clicking the right mouse button. 24 - Using the Precision Touchpad U S I N G T H E P R E C I S I O N T O U C H P A D The touchpad controls the arrow

(or 'cursor') on the screen. As you slide your finger across the touchpad, the cursor will follow this movement. The Precision Touchpad

(PTP) is designed to provide a more uniform, smooth, and accurate touchpad experience. Many applications support precision touchpad gestures that use one or more fingers, however, some gestures may not be supported by the specific application or program you are using. Touchpad gestures Single-finger slide Slide a finger across the touchpad to move the cursor. Single-finger press or tap Press the touchpad down, or lightly tap the touchpad with your finger, to perform a 'click', which will select or start an item. Quickly repeat the tap to perform a double tap or 'double click'. Two-finger press Lightly tap the touchpad with two fingers to perform a

'right click'. In the Start screen, this will toggle the app commands. In most apps this will open a context menu related to the selected item. Two-finger slide Swiftly scroll through web pages, documents and playlists by placing two fingers on the touchpad and moving both in any direction. Using the Precision Touchpad - 25 Two-finger pinch Zoom in and out of photos, maps and documents with a simple finger-and-thumb gesture. Three-finger press Lightly tap the touchpad with three fingers to open the Search Windows. Three-finger swipe Swipe across the touchpad with three fingers. Swipe up to open Task View. Move the cursor over a window and tap the touchpad to select that window, or swipe downwards to exit Task View. Swipe down to minimize all open windows and show Desktop; swipe upwards to restore the minimized windows. Swipe left or right to switch between open windows. Four-finger press Lightly tap the touchpad with four fingers to open the Action Center. Four-finger swipe Swipe across the touchpad with four fingers. Swipe up to open Task View. Move the cursor over a window and tap the touchpad to select that window, or swipe downwards to exit Task View. Swipe down to minimize all open windows and show Desktop; swipe upwards to restore the minimized windows. 26 - Using the Precision Touchpad The precision touchpad includes added technology features that help recognize and prevent unintentional gestures such as accidental taps, gestures, and pointer movement. Note The touchpad is sensitive to finger movement; the lighter the touch, the better the response. Please keep the touchpad and your fingers dry and clean. Changing touchpad settings To change the touchpad settings to suit your personal requirements, please do the following. 1. In the icon tray in the lower right-hand corner of the icon to open the screen, select the Notifications Notifications pane. 2. Select All settings. 3. Select Devices > Touchpad 4. Now you can adjust the settings to suit your personal needs. You can switch off the touchpad if you prefer to use a mouse. Or you can adjust the touchpad sensitivity to suit your needs. Scroll down to see more settings. Using the Precision Touchpad - 27 28 - Recovery R E C O V E R Y If you are having trouble with your computer, and the frequently asked questions (see Got a question? on page 77) do not help, you can recover your computer. This section describes the recovery tools available on your computer. Predator provides Acer Care Center, which allows you to reset your PC, refresh your PC, backup files/data or create a factory default backup. If you cannot access Acer Care Center, click Settings in the Start menu, select Update

& Security and then click Recovery. Note Acer Care Center vary depending on model or Operating System. Creating a file history backup Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily back up your files and restore them if the originals are lost, damaged or deleted. 1. From Start, select Care Center then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Backup tab and click Get started for Create backup to open the Backup window. 3. Plug in the USB drive (or a portable external hard drive) and click + to add a drive. Select the USB drive from the drop-down list. Recovery - 29 4. Click More options to select back-up options which best fit your needs, such as schedule the backup interval, how long you want to keep those backups (default is Forever), which folders to be backed up or be excluded. Click Back up now to continue. 5. Follow the process until it completes. 30 - Recovery 6. Unplug the USB drive (or a portable external hard drive) and label it clearly. Important Write a unique, descriptive label on the backup, such as 'File History Recovery Backup'. Make sure you keep the backup in a safe place that you will remember. Creating a factory default backup Recovery Drive allows you to quickly and easily back up your operating system, installed apps and data. 1. Type "Recovery Drive" in the search box and then open it. 2. Make sure Back up system files to the recovery drive is selected and click Next. 3. Plug in the USB drive and wait for the PC to detect the USB drive then click Next. Recovery - 31 4. Everything on the drive will be deleted. Click Create to continue. 5. You will be shown the backup progress on the screen. 6. Follow the process until it completes. 7. Unplug the USB drive and label it clearly. 32 - Recovery Important Write a unique, descriptive label on the backup, such as 'Windows Recovery Backup'. Make sure you keep the backup in a safe place that you will remember. Note Since the recovery backup requires at least 8 GB of storage after formatting, it is recommended to use a USB drive with a capacity of 16 GB or larger. Backing up your wireless and LAN drivers Back up your wireless and LAN drivers. You can use these backups to install the wireless and LAN drivers if you install another operating system. 1. From Start, select Care Center then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Backup tab and click Get started for Backup wireless and LAN drivers. Choose a folder to save your drivers and select OK. 3. You will be shown the backup progress on the screen. Restoring your computer Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily restore your computer back to its default status. You can choose to keep your files or remove them before reinstalling Windows. Reset this PC and keep my files 1. From Start, select Care Center then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Restore tab and click Get started to open the Recovery window. Recovery - 33 3. Click Get started to Choose an option. Select Keep my files to refresh your PC and reinstall your operating 34 - Recovery system without removing your personal files. Click Next to continue. Important If you have apps installed on your PC, they will be removed. If you'd like not to restore apps and setting that came with your PC, go to Change settings and turn off the option to not restore preinstalled apps that came with this PC before proceeding the restore progress. Click Confirm to continue. 4. Resetting the PC will reinstall Windows, change settings back to their factory defaults and remove all preinstalled apps and programs without removing your personal files. Click Reset to continue. This will take a while and your PC will restart. Recovery - 35 5. You will be shown the reset progress on the screen. The screen will turn off during the reset process. 6. The screen will turn back on when it is installing Windows. Your PC will restart several times during the reset process. 7. Follow the process until it completes. 8. When your PC has completed the reset process, Windows will have been reset back to its factory default settings without removing your personal files. Reset this PC and remove everything 1. From Start, select Care Center then Recovery Management. 36 - Recovery 2. Select the Restore tab and click Get Started to open the Recovery window. 3. Click Get started to Choose an option. Select Remove everything to reset your PC back to its factory default. Recovery - 37 4. Click Change settings to choose restore settings which best fit your needs. Then click Confirm to continue. 38 - Recovery continue. 5. Make sure all settings are properly made, click Next to Warning Turn on "Clean data" will remove all of your personal files and accounts, along with pre-existing drivers that may affect your Windows installation. 6. Click Reset to continue. 7. You will be shown the reset progress on the screen. The screen will turn off during the reset process. 8. The screen will turn back on when it is installing Windows. Your PC will restart several times during the reset process. 9. Follow the process until it completes. 10.When your PC has completed the reset process, Windows will use factory default settings. Using a Bluetooth connection - 39 U S I N G A B L U E T O O T H C O N N E C T I O N Bluetooth is a technology enabling you to transfer data wirelessly over short distances between many different include types of devices. Bluetooth-enabled devices computers, cell phones, tablets, wireless headsets, and keyboards. To use Bluetooth, you must ensure the following:

1. Bluetooth is enabled on both devices. 2. Your devices are "paired" (or connected). Enabling and disabling Bluetooth The Bluetooth adapter must be enabled on both devices. For your computer, this may be an external switch, a software setting, or a separate Bluetooth dongle plugged into the computers USB port (if no internal Bluetooth adapter is available). Note Please check your devices owners manual to determine how to turn on its Bluetooth adapter. Enable Bluetooth and add a device Every new device must first be "paired" with your computers Bluetooth adapter. This means it must first be authenticated for security purposes. You only need to pair once. After that, simply turning on the Bluetooth adapter of both devices will connect them. Bluetooth on your computer is disabled by default. To enable your computers Bluetooth adapter, do the following:

1. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button > Settings > Devices > Bluetooth & other devices, and click the toggle under Bluetooth to enable/disable it. 40 - Using a Bluetooth connection 2. Click on Add Bluetooth or other device then select the device that you want to add. 3. Your computer will automatically start searching for devices, as well as make itself visible to other devices. 4. Select the device you wish to pair from the list of discovered devices. 5. After pairing, if there is a code displaying on the screen, enter that code on the device to proceed the connection. Note Some devices using older versions of the Bluetooth technology require both devices to enter a PIN. In the case of one of the devices not having any inputs (as in a headset), the passcode is hardcoded into the device (usually "0000" or "1234"). Consult your devices user manual for more information. Using a Bluetooth connection - 41 You can also enter the Bluetooth settings by selecting the Notifications icon in the lower right-hand corner of the screen to open the Notifications pane. From here, you can enable or disable Bluetooth or right-click on Bluetooth > Go to Settings to enter the Bluetooth settings. 42 - Connecting to the Internet C O N N E C T I N G T O T HE I N T E R N E T This chapter includes general information on types of connections, and getting connected to the internet. For detailed information, please refer to Network connections on page 92. Your computers built-in network features make it easy for you to connect your computer to the internet. First though, in order to connect to the internet from home, youll need to sign up for internet services from an ISP

(Internet Service Provider) -- usually a phone or cable company -- that will have to go to your home or office to set up internet service. The ISP will install a small box, a router or modem, that will allow you to connect to the internet. Connecting to a wireless network Connecting to a wireless LAN A wireless LAN (or WLAN) is a wireless local area network, which can link two or more computers without using wires. Once connected to WLAN, you can access the internet. You can also share files, other devices, and even your internet connection itself. Your computer's wireless connection is turned on by default and Windows will detect and display a list of available networks during setup. Select your network and enter the password if required. Warning Using wireless devices while flying in aircraft may be prohibited. All wireless devices must be switched off before boarding an aircraft and during take-off, as they may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt communications, and even be illegal. You may turn on your computers wireless devices only when informed that it is safe to do so by the cabin crew. Connecting to the Internet - 43 Predator notebook computers feature a Flight mode hotkey that turns the network connection on or off. You can use the network management options to turn your wireless network on/off or control what is shared over the network. To connect to a wireless network, please follow the steps below. 1. Ensure you have a wireless router/access point and current internet connection through the ISP of your choice. Make a note of the wireless networks name and password (if necessary). If you are trying to connect to a public network (such as at a coffeeshop), make sure you have the wireless networks name. Note Please refer to your ISP or router documentation for details on connecting to the internet. 2. Click Network icon in the notification area. Note If Wi-Fi is turned off, please click Wi-Fi tile to turn it on. 3. You will see a list of available wireless networks. Select the one you wish to use. 44 - Connecting to the Internet 4. Once you select a wireless network, select Connect. 5. If required, enter the networks password. Connecting to the Internet - 45 Connecting with a cable Built-in network feature If your computer has a network port, plug one end of a network cable into the network port on your computer, and the other end into a port on your router (refer to the image below.) Then, you'll be ready to get online. Connecting to a cellular network If your computer has a SIM slot, you can connect to the internet using a cellular phone network. To do this, you must have a compatible SIM card and a data contract with your cellular provider. Contact your cellular provider for more information on connecting to the internet using a cellular network.

46 - PredatorSense P R E D A T O RS E N S E PredatorSense allows you to switch operating modes and control fan behavior. Multiple profiles allow you to quickly switch between lighting schemes. It also allows you to monitor system performance, synchronize the key function settings for a specific game and launch/uninstall your apps quickly. Note Function varies depending on configuration. The PredatorSense main screen The main screen gives you an overview of temperatures. You can also change fan behavior, select a lighting profile and a operating mode. Note The temperatures listed may vary depending on your computers configuration and the power output of the CPU and GPU. PredatorSense - 47 PredatorSense and Acer TrueHarmonyTM settings Click the Settings icon to change settings for your Predator system. Turn keyboard backlight off automatically if no action within 30 seconds. You can disable/enable system boot animation

& sound, sticky keys, Windows and menu keys or change temperature units. To get a different audio experience, you can click Acer TrueHarmonyTM icon to adjust the audio mode. 48 - PredatorSense Boot logo customization Click the Notebook icon then Browse to select your preferred image to customize the boot logo. Planet9 website Click the Planet9 icon and select Join Now to connect the Planet9 website Adjusting the keyboard backlight Select Lighting to see keyboard lighting options. PredatorSense - 49 Static lighting The keyboard backlight is divided into four zones, which you can turn on or off independently. In each zone, you can choose a custom color from the color square. Click the slider under each zone to turn the backlight on or off for that zone. Dynamic lighting Select Dynamic to see a set of animated light effects. 50 - PredatorSense Each effect provides an animation for the backlight colors, which either repeats a pattern. Creating a Lighting Profile You can create profiles for lighting schemes and switch instantly using the menus on the main page, or in the Lighting page. Select a Profile from the Lighting Profile list. To add a new profile, first adjust the lighting options, then select + New profile. Enter a new name for the profile. To delete, rename, import, or export a profile, select Profile Manager. Operating Mode You can optimize your laptop with different modes using the menu on the main page, or select the Mode tab for more information. PredatorSense - 51 Four modes are available:

Quiet: Keep the PC as quiet as possible. For light use, such as meetings, E-learning or browsing. Default: Recommended for standard, everyday use, such as word processing, office work, etc. Extreme: For gaming. CPU & GPU overclocked with throttled fan speed. Turbo: For unleashed gaming. Maximize overclock performance and fan speed. Note If the AC adapter is disconnected or if the battery charge is lower than 40%, operating mode options will be disabled. 52 - PredatorSense Fan control You may adjust the performance of the fans cooling your computers CPU and GPU. Three levels are available:

Auto(default), Max and Custom. If you select Custom, then you will see two sliders that allow you to set CPU and GPU cooling independently.. Monitoring From Monitoring page, click CPU/GPU or System tab to check processor and system temperature and loading. Data is shown for the last 60 minutes, so you can track your CPU, GPU and systems status after performing different tasks. PredatorSense - 53 Game Sync settings includes Use Game Sync to save the settings for different games.The lighting profile, settings AcerTrueHarmonyTM mode and overclocking levels. The settings will be switched automatically when the game is launched. fan behavior, the Select Add Game to create a new game setting on lower right page. Click Browse to select the execution file (.exe) of the game. Then, select the appropriate setting for the functions and click Add to finish. Note Execution file setting vary depending on game designed. If the settings doesnt switch automatically, please contact the game developer to find the execution file location. 54 - PredatorSense App Center App Center is a great way to quickly launch the installed app in your computer. To add the app, select Add App in the lower right page. Click Browse to select the execution file

(.exe) of the app and click Add to finish. Then, you can double click the app icon to run the application directly. App Management Use App Management to remove installed apps easily. You can also remove several apps at one time. B L U E L I G H T S H I E L D Bluelight Shield - 55 The Bluelight Shield can be enabled to reduce blue-light emissions from the screen to protect your eyes. To configure the Bluelight Shield, search for Quick Access in the Start Menu. From here you can toggle Bluelight Shield on or off, and you can choose from four different modes to fit your needs:

No. Item Description 1 2 3 4 Low Reduction Medium Reduction High Reduction Reduces blue light emission from the LED backlit screen by 10% to 25% for basic protection. Reduces blue light emission from the LED backlit screen by 26% to 45% to protect your eyes. Reduces blue light emission from the LED backlit screen by 46% to 65% for maximum protection. Long Hour Mode Professionally tuned to reduce eye strain over an extended period of time. Note Specifications vary depending on model or Operating System. Keeping your computer and data safe... In this section you will find:

How to secure your computer Setting passwords What you need to prepare when youre traveling How to get the most out of your battery S E C U R I N G Y O U R C OM P U T E R Securing your computer - 57 Your computer is a valuable investment that you need to take care of. Learn how to protect and take care of your computer. Security features include hardware and software locks a security notch and passwords. Using a computer security lock The computer comes with a computer security slot for a security lock. Wrap a computer security lock cable around an immovable object such as a table or handle of a locked drawer. Insert the lock into the notch and turn the key to secure the lock. Some keyless models are also available. Using passwords Passwords protect your computer from unauthorized access. Setting these passwords creates several different levels of protection for your computer and data:

Supervisor Password prevents unauthorized entry into the BIOS utility. Once set, you must enter this password to gain access to the BIOS utility. See Setting passwords on page 59. User Password against secures your unauthorized use. Combine the use of this password with password checkpoints on boot-up and resume from Hibernation (if available) for maximum security. computer Password on Boot secures your computer against unauthorized use. Combine the use of this password with 58 - Securing your computer password checkpoints on boot-up and resume from Hibernation (if available) for maximum security. Important Do not forget your Supervisor Password! If you forget your password, please get in touch with your dealer or an authorized service center. Entering passwords When a password is set, a password prompt appears in the center of the display screen. When the Supervisor Password is set, a prompt appears when you enter the BIOS utility. Type the Supervisor Password and press Enter to access the BIOS utility. If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter. When the User Password is set and the password on boot parameter is enabled, a prompt appears at boot-up. Type the User Password and press Enter to use the computer. If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter. Important You have three chances to enter a password. If you fail to enter the password correctly after three tries, the system halts. Press and hold the power button for four seconds to shut down the computer. Then turn on the computer again, and try again. B I O S U T I L I T Y BIOS utility - 59 The BIOS utility is a hardware configuration program built into your computer's BIOS. Your computer is already properly configured and optimized, and you do not normally need to run this utility. However, if you encounter configuration problems, you may need to run it. To activate the BIOS utility, press F2 while the computer logo is being displayed. Boot sequence To set the boot sequence in the BIOS utility, activate the BIOS utility, then press F1 to access the Advanced Setting to select Boot from the categories listed on the left of the screen. Setting passwords To set a password on boot, activate the BIOS utility, then press F1 to access the Advanced Settings to select Security from the categories listed on the left of the screen. Find Set Supervisor Password and enter a password to enable this feature. Once you have entered a password for this feature, you may then enable/disable Password on Boot. Remember to select F10 to properly save and exit the BIOS utility when you are done making changes. 60 - Power management P OW E R M A N A G E M E N T This computer has a built-in power management unit that monitors system activity. System activity refers to any activity involving one or more of the following devices:

keyboard, mouse, hard disk, peripherals connected to the computer, and video memory. If no activity is detected for a period of time, the computer stops some or all of these devices in order to conserve energy. Saving power Disable Fast startup Your computer uses Fast startup to start quickly, but also uses a small amount of power to check for signals to start. These checks will slowly drain your computers battery. If you prefer to reduce your computers power requirements and environmental impact, turn off Fast startup:

Note If Fast startup is off, your computer will take longer to start from Sleep. Your computer will also not start if it receives an instruction to start over a network (Wake on LAN). 1. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button then select Settings > System > Power & sleep. 2. Select Additional power settings. 3. Select Choose what the power buttons do. 4. Select Change settings that are currently unavailable. Power management - 61 5. Scroll down and disable Turn on fast startup. 6. Select Save changes. 62 - Battery pack B A T T E R Y P A C K The computer uses an embedded Lithium battery that gives you long use between charges. Battery characteristics The battery is recharged whenever you connect the computer to the AC adapter. Your computer supports charge-in-use, enabling you to recharge the battery while you continue to operate the computer. However, recharging with the computer turned off significantly reduces charge time. The battery will come in handy when you travel or during a power failure. Charging the battery Plug the AC adapter into the computer, and connect to a mains power outlet. Note You are advised to charge the battery before retiring for the day. Charging the battery overnight before traveling enables you to start the next day with a fully charged battery. Conditioning a new battery pack Before you use a battery pack for the first time, there is a conditioning process that you should follow:

1. Connect the AC adapter and fully charge the battery. 2. Turn on the computer and complete setting up the operating system. 3. Disconnect the AC adapter. 4. Operate the computer using battery power. 5. Fully deplete the battery until the battery-low warning appears. Battery pack - 63 6. Reconnect the AC adapter and fully charge the battery again. Follow these steps again until the battery has been charged and discharged three times. Use this conditioning process for all new batteries, or if a battery hasn't been used for a long time. Warning Do not expose battery packs to temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 45 C (113 F). Extreme temperatures may adversely affect the battery pack. The battery conditioning process ensures your battery accepts the maximum possible charge. Failure to follow this procedure will prevent you from obtaining the maximum battery charge, and will also shorten the effective lifespan of the battery. In addition, the useful lifespan of the battery is adversely affected by the following usage patterns:

Using the computer on constant AC power. Not discharging and recharging the battery to its extremes, as described above. Frequent use; the more you use the battery, the faster it will reach the end of its effective life. An embedded battery has a life span of more than 1,000 charge/discharge cycles. Optimizing battery life Optimizing battery life helps you get the most out of battery operation, prolonging the charge/recharge cycle and improving recharging efficiency. You are advised to follow the suggestions set out below:

Use AC power whenever possible, reserving battery for mobile use. Remove accessories that are not being used (e.g. a USB disk drive), as they can continue to draw power. 64 - Battery pack Store your PC in a cool, dry place. The recommended temperature is 10 C (50 F) to 30 C (86 F). Higher temperatures cause the battery to self-discharge faster. Excessive recharging decreases the battery life. Look after your AC adapter and battery. Checking the battery level The power meter indicates the current battery level. Rest the cursor over the battery/power icon on the taskbar to see the battery's present charge level. Battery-low warning When using battery power pay attention to the power meter. Important Connect the AC adapter as soon as possible after the battery-low warning appears. Data may be lost if the battery is allowed to become fully depleted and the computer shuts down. When the battery-low warning appears, the recommended course of action depends on your situation:

Situation Recommended Action The AC adapter and a power outlet are available. The AC adapter or a power outlet is unavailable. 1. Plug the AC adapter into the computer, and then connect to the main power supply. 2. Save all necessary files. 3. Resume work. Turn off the computer if you want to recharge the battery rapidly. 1. Save all necessary files. 2. Close all applications. 3. Turn off the computer. T R A V E L I N G W I T H Y O U R C OM P U T E R Traveling with your computer - 65 This section gives you tips and hints to consider when moving around or traveling with your computer. Disconnecting from the desktop Follow these steps to disconnect your computer from external accessories:

1. Save any open files. 2. Shut down the computer or put it into Sleep or Hibernate mode. 3. Close the display cover. 4. Disconnect the cord from the AC adapter. 5. Disconnect the keyboard, pointing device, printer, external monitor and other external devices. 6. Disconnect the Kensington / Noble lock if you are using one to secure the computer. Moving around When you are just moving within short distances, for example, from your office desk to a meeting room. Preparing the computer Before moving the computer, close and latch the display cover to place it in Sleep mode. You can now safely take the computer anywhere you go within the building. To wake the computer from Sleep mode, open the display and, if necessary, press and release the power button. If you are taking the computer to a client's office or a different building, you may choose to shut down the computer:

Press the Windows key, click Power then select Shut Down 66 - Traveling with your computer Or:

You can put the computer in Sleep mode by pressing the Sleep hotkey or by closing the display. When you are ready to use the computer again, open the display and, if necessary, press and release the power button. Note The computer may enter Hibernation or Deep Sleep mode after being in Sleep mode for a period of time. What to bring to meetings If your meeting is relatively short, you probably do not need to bring anything with you other than your computer. If your meeting will be longer, or if your battery is not fully charged, you may want to bring the AC adapter with you to plug in your computer in the meeting room. If the meeting room does not have an electrical outlet, reduce the drain on the battery by putting the computer in Sleep mode. Press the Sleep hotkey or close the display cover whenever you are not actively using the computer. Taking the computer home When you are moving from your office to your home or vice versa. Preparing the computer After disconnecting the computer from your desktop, follow these steps to prepare the computer for the trip home:

Traveling with your computer - 67 Pack the computer in a protective case that can prevent the computer from sliding around and cushion it if it should fall. Warning Avoid packing items next to the top cover of the computer. Pressure against the top cover can damage the screen. What to take with you Unless you have some items at home, take the following items with you:

AC adapter and power cord. The printed Setup Guide. Special considerations Follow these guidelines to protect your computer while traveling to and from work:

Minimize the effects of temperature changes by keeping the computer with you. If you need to stop for an extended period of time and cannot carry the computer with you, leave the computer in the trunk of the car to avoid exposing the computer to excessive heat. Changes in temperature and humidity can cause condensation. Allow the computer to return to room temperature, and inspect the screen for condensation before turning on the computer. If the temperature change is greater than 10 C (18 F), allow the computer to come to room temperature slowly. If possible, leave the computer for 30 minutes in an environment with a temperature between outside and room temperature. Setting up a home office If you frequently work on your computer at home, you may want to purchase a second AC adapter for use at home. 68 - Traveling with your computer With a second AC adapter, you can avoid carrying the extra weight to and from home. If you use your computer at home for significant periods of time, you might also want to add an external keyboard, monitor or mouse. Traveling with the computer Important Check with your airline for any special requirements for travelling with Lithium batteries. When you are moving within a larger distance, for instance, from your office building to a client's office building or traveling locally. Preparing the computer Prepare the computer as if you were taking it home. Make sure that the battery in the computer is charged. Airport security may require you to turn on your computer when carrying it into the gate area. What to take with you Take the following items with you:

AC adapter Additional printer driver files if you plan to use another printer Special considerations In addition to the guidelines for taking the computer home, follow these guidelines to protect your computer while traveling:

Always take the computer as carry-on luggage. If possible, have the computer inspected by hand. Airport security X-ray machines are safe, but do not put the computer through a metal detector. Traveling with your computer - 69 Traveling internationally Important Check with your airline for any special requirements for travelling with Lithium batteries. When you are moving from country to country. Preparing the computer Prepare the computer as you would normally prepare it for traveling. What to bring with you Bring the following items with you:

AC adapter. Power cords that are appropriate for your destination(s). Additional printer driver files if you plan to use another Proof of purchase, in case you need to show it to customs printer. officials. International Travelers Warranty passport. Special considerations Follow the same special considerations as when traveling with the computer. In addition, internationally:

When traveling in another country, check that the local AC voltage and the AC adapter power cord specifications are is compatible. If not, purchase a power cord that tips are useful when traveling these 70 - Traveling with your computer compatible with the local AC voltage. Do not use converter kits sold for appliances to power the computer. If you are using the modem, check if the modem and connector are compatible with the telecommunications system of the country you are traveling in. Ports and connectors... In this section you will find:

Information on the ports and connectors fitted to your computer 72 - Universal Serial Bus (USB) U N I V E R S A L S E R I A L B U S (USB) The USB port is a high-speed port which allows you to connect USB peripherals, such as a mouse, an external keyboard, additional storage (external hard disks), or any other compatible device. Note Two USB standards are currently available on Predator computers: USB 2.0 (High-speed USB) and USB 3.2 Gen 2

(SuperSpeed USB). USB 2.0 ports on Predator computers have a black tongue in the port, while USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports have a blue tongue. For best performance, USB 3.2 Gen 2 devices should always be plugged into USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports. Consult your devices documentation to see which standard it supports. You can also charge devices such as tablets, smartphones, or other devices through a USB port. Some USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports support charging devices when the computer is in Hibernate or turned off. Additionally, you can use a USB hub to connect multiple devices to a single USB port. Important When removing a USB storage device, you should right-click on the USB icon in the Windows task bar and select "Eject <device>"

to tell the operating system to stop using the device before removing it. Failure to do this may result in data loss or damage to your peripheral. U S B T Y P E-C P O RT USB Type-C port - 73 A USB Type-C port is a connector that allows you to easily connect USB Type-C peripherals, such as additional storage

(e.g. an external drive), or any other compatible device. The Type-C port is reversable; connectors may be inserted with either side up. Note On Predator computers USB Type-C ports support up to USB 3.2

(SuperSpeed USB, 10 Gbps). Other USB devices with a USB Type-C connector are supported, but transfer speed may be reduced and certain functions will be disabled (such as Thunderbolt video support). Important When removing a USB storage device, you should right-click on the USB icon in the Windows task bar and select "Eject <device>"

to tell the operating system to stop using the device before removing it. Failure to do this may result in data loss or damage to your peripheral. 74 - Thunderbolt 4 port T H U N D E R B O L T 4 P O R T Displays A Thunderbolt 4 port allows you to easily connect devices with a Type-C connector to your computer, such as additional storage (e.g. an external any other drive), displays, or compatible device. Up to six devices, including displays, can be connected in series to a single Thunderbolt port. The Thunderbolt connection uses a USB Type-C port and is compatible with Thunderbolt, USB, DisplayPort and power on USB-C devices. The Type-C port is reversable; connectors may be inserted with either side up. Up to two 4K displays or one 8K display with can be connected to a single Thunderbolt 4 port. If an adapter is used, DisplayPort or compatible devices, including HDMI, DVI or VGA, can be used. Note Thunderbolt 4 ports support transfer speeds up to 40 Gbps, and USB devices with a Type-C connector at lower speeds (typically up to 10 Gbps). Other USB or older Thunderbolt devices with a USB Type-C connector (or adapter) are supported, but transfer speeds may be reduced and certain functions may be disabled (such as Thunderbolt display support). Important When removing a USB storage device, you should right-click on the USB icon in the Windows task bar and select "Eject <device>"

to tell the operating system to stop using the device before removing it. Failure to do this may result in data loss or damage to your peripheral. V I D E O A N D A U D I O C O N N E C T O R S Video and audio connectors - 75 Add an external monitor to your computer via a video port. The type of port available depends on your computers configuration. Connecting a monitor 1. Check that the computer is powered off and the monitor power switch is turned off. 2. Attach the video cable to the monitor port on the computer. 3. Connect the monitor power cable and plug it into a properly grounded wall outlet. 4. Follow any setup instructions in the monitor's user's guide. 5. Turn on power to the monitor, then the computer. 6. The correct resolution and refresh rate should be detected automatically. If necessary, change the display settings used by the computer. Note To access the display controls, right-click anywhere on the desktop and select Display settings. Headphones and microphone One or more 3.5 mm jacks on your computer allow you to connect audio devices. Use the headphone port to plug in stereo headphones or powered speakers; connecting an audio device to the headphone port disables the built-in speakers. Use the microphone port to connect an external microphone;

connecting a microphone disables the built-in microphone. Note Some computers have a single "combo" port that allows you to use single-pin headsets with a built-in microphone. These headsets are most commonly used with smartphones. 76 - HDMI H DM I HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) is a high-

quality, digital audio/video interface. HDMI allows you to connect any compatible digital audio/video source, such as your computer, a set-top box, DVD player, and audio/video receiver to any compatible digital audio and/or video monitor, such as a digital television (DTV) with a single cable. The single cable keeps everything neat and tidy while ensuring easy connection and the best audio and visual quality. Got a question?

In this section you will find:

Frequently asked questions Tips for using Windows 10 Troubleshooting information How to protect yourself while online Where to find Acer service center contact information 78 - Frequently asked questions F R E Q U E N T L Y A S K E D Q U E S T I O N S The following is a list of possible situations that may arise during the use of your computer. Easy solutions are provided for each one. I turned on the power, but the computer does not start or boot up. Check if power is being supplied to the computer (if your computer has a power indicator, it will be off); if there is no power, check the following:

If you are using on the battery, it may be low and unable to power the computer. Connect the AC adapter to recharge the battery pack. You may need to wait a few minutes before trying to turn your computer on again. Make sure that the AC adapter is properly plugged into the computer and to the power outlet. If power is being supplied to the computer, check the following:

Do you have a USB storage device (USB drive, CD drive or smartphone) plugged into your computer? Unplug it and press Ctrl + Alt + Del to restart the system. Nothing appears on the screen. The computers power management system automatically blanks the screen to save power. Press any key to turn the display back on. If pressing a key does not turn the display back on, three things might be the cause:

The brightness level might be too low. Use the Brightness up hotkey to adjust the brightness level. The display device might be set to an external monitor. Press the display toggle hotkey to toggle the display back to the computer. Frequently asked questions - 79 The computer may be in Sleep or Hibernate mode (if there is a power LED, it will flash). Press and release the power button to resume. No audio is heard from the computer. Check the following:

The volume may be muted. Look at the volume control

(speaker) icon in the taskbar. If it is crossed-out, click the icon and drag the slider to the right to increase the volume. The volume level may be too low. Check the volume from the volume control (speaker) icon in the taskbar. You can also use the volume control hotkeys to adjust the volume. If headphones, earphones or external speakers are connected to the headphone jack on the computer, the internal speakers automatically turn off. The keyboard does not respond. Try attaching an external keyboard to a USB port on the computer. If it works, contact your dealer or an authorized service center as the internal keyboard cable may be loose. The printer does not work. Make sure that the printer is connected to a power outlet and that it is turned on. Make sure that the printer cable is connected securely to a USB port and the corresponding port on the printer. I want to restore my computer to its original settings. Note If your system is the multilingual version, the operating system and language you choose when you first turn on the system will be the only option for future recovery operations. This recovery process helps you restore the C: drive with the original software content that is installed when you purchased your computer. 80 - Frequently asked questions Warning Your C: drive will be reformatted and all data will be erased. It is important to back up all data files before using this option. Before performing a restore operation, please check the BIOS settings. 1. If there is a D2D Recovery setting in Main, make sure it is 2. Exit the BIOS utility and save changes. The system will Enabled. reboot. Note To access the BIOS utility, press F2 when you see the Predator logo during boot up. For more information, see Restoring your computer on page 32. Requesting service International Travelers Warranty (ITW) Your computer is backed by an International Travelers Warranty (ITW) that gives you security and peace of mind when traveling. An ITW passport came with your computer and contains all you need to know about the ITW program. A list of available, authorized service centers is in this handy booklet. Read this passport thoroughly. Always have your ITW passport on hand, especially when you travel, to receive the benefits from our support centers. Attach your proof-of-purchase to the ITW passport. If the country you are traveling in does not have an Acer-

authorized ITW service site, you can still get in contact with our offices worldwide. Please visit www.acer.com. Frequently asked questions - 81 Before you call Please have the following information available when you call Acer for online service, and please be at your computer when you call. With your support, we can reduce the amount of time a call takes and help solve your problems efficiently. If there are error messages or beeps reported by your computer, write them down as they appear on the screen (or the number and sequence in the case of beeps). You are required to provide the following information:

Name:

Address:

Telephone number:

Machine and model type:

Serial number:

Date of purchase:

F r e q u e nt l y a sk 82 - Frequently asked questions Tips and hints for using Windows 10 We know this is a new operating system that will take some getting used to, so we've created a few pointers to help you get started. How do I get to Start?

Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button on the lower left-hand corner of the screen. Selecting it will open Start where you can launch apps. How do I see all of my apps?

Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button to show a list of installed apps on the computer. How do I turn off my computer?

Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button and select the power icon > Shut down. You can also turn off the computer by right-clicking the Windows Start button >

Shut down or sign out > Shut down. Can I turn off notifications?

You can turn off notifications so that you can leave your computer running, but not be disturbed by notifications. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button and select Settings > System > Notifications & actions. From here you can enable/disable notifications for all of your apps or choose which apps to enable/disable. How do I unlock my computer?

Press the space bar and select a user account icon to unlock the computer. If your account has a password set, you will need to enter the password to continue. Frequently asked questions - 83 Can I personalize the Lock screen?

You can personalize the lock screen with a different image, to run a slideshow of images, or to show you quick status and notifications to suit your personal needs. To change the background, press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button and select Settings

Personalization > Lock screen. From here you can:

Select a background image for the lock screen Turn the Slideshow on or off Select lock screen apps. How do I set up the lock screen slideshow?

1. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button and select Settings > Personalization. 2. Under Lock screen, select Slideshow. 3. Select Add a folder and open the folder you wish to use

(your Pictures folder will open by default). Select Choose this folder to add the folder to the lock screen slideshow. 4. Select a folder and select Remove to remove the folder from the lock screen slideshow. 5. Change the other settings to suit your needs. How do I move tiles?

Select a tile and drag it to the place on Start that you want it to appear. Other tiles will be moved to accommodate the tile in its new location. Can I arrange tiles in groups?

Yes, you can. Select an existing tile and drag the tile to arrange Start to your liking. Right-click on an app and select Pin to Start to create a new group on Start. From here, you can drag the tile to an existing group on Start. You can give the group(s) a name and arrange the tiles within the groups to suit your needs. 84 - Frequently asked questions Can I make tiles bigger or smaller?

Yes, you can. Right-click on a tile and select Resize. Select a size from the menu that appears. Can I change the screen resolution?

Yes, you can. Move your cursor to the lower left-hand corner of the screen and type 'Resolution' in the text box to display the results; select Change the resolution of the display. Alternatively, you can also right-click anywhere on the desktop and select Display settings > Display. How do I set the alarm?

Your computer can act as an alarm clock. Type Alarms to search for the Alarms & Clock app. 1. Select an alarm from the list, or select the + in the lower-

right corner to create a new alarm. 2. Enter the Alarm name. 3. Set the time by choosing the hour and minute. 4. Choose which days the alarm should go off. 5. Select the sound notification. 6. Select the snooze time. 7. Select the Save icon in the bottom right-hand corner to save the alarm. 8. Select On or Off to activate or deactivate the alarm. Frequently asked questions - 85 Hour Minutes Save Delete Note The alarm will only sound if your computer is awake at the set time. Where are my apps?

Move your cursor to the lower left-hand corner of the screen and click search box, start typing the name of the app you would like to open. How do I make an app appear on Start?

If you're in all apps list and you want to make an app appear on Start, right-click an app and select Pin to Start. How do I remove a tile from Start?

Right-click a tile to select it and select Unpin from Start to remove the tile from Start. How do I make an app appear on my taskbar?

If you're in all apps list and you want to make an app appear on the taskbar, right-click an app or tile and select More >

Pin to taskbar. 86 - Frequently asked questions How do I install apps?

You will need to have a Microsoft ID to purchase and download apps from Microsoft Store. I can't find apps like Notepad and Paint! Where are they?

Move your cursor to the lower left-hand corner of the screen and click search box. Type the name of the app you would like to open. Alternatively, open all apps list and scroll to Windows Accessories to see the list of legacy programs. What is a Microsoft ID (account)?

A Microsoft account is an email address and password that you use to sign in to Windows. You can use any email address, but it is best if you choose the one you already use to communicate with friends and sign in to your favorite websites. When you sign in to your PC with a Microsoft account, you'll connect your PC to the people, files, and devices you care about. Do I need one?

You do not need a Microsoft ID to use Windows 10, but it makes life easier because you can sync data across different machines you sign in to using a Microsoft ID. How do I get one?

If you've already installed Windows 10 and didn't sign in with a Microsoft account or you don't have a Microsoft account and want to get one, press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button > Settings > Accounts >

Sign in with a Microsoft account instead, and follow the onscreen instructions. How do I check for Windows updates?

Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button >

Settings > Update & Security > Windows Update. Select Advanced options to configure the settings. Frequently asked questions - 87 Where can I get more information?

For more information please visit the following pages:

Windows 10 information: www.microsoft.com Support FAQs: support.acer.com F r eq ue n tl y as k ed qu est io ns 88 - Frequently asked questions Troubleshooting This chapter shows you how to deal with common system problems. Read it before calling a technician if a problem occurs. Solutions to more serious problems require opening up the computer. Do not attempt to open the computer yourself;

contact your dealer or authorized service center for assistance. Troubleshooting tips This computer incorporates an advanced design that delivers onscreen error message reports to help you solve problems. If the system reports an error message or an error symptom occurs, see "Error messages" below. If the problem cannot be resolved, contact your dealer. Error messages If you receive an error message, note the message and take the corrective action. The following table lists the error messages the recommended course of action. in alphabetical order together with Error messages Corrective action CMOS battery bad Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. CMOS checksum error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Disk boot failure Insert a system (bootable) disk, then press Enter to reboot. Equipment configuration error Press F2 (during POST) to enter the BIOS utility, then press Exit in the BIOS utility to reboot. Hard disk 0 error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Frequently asked questions - 89 Error messages Corrective action Hard disk 0 extended type error I/O parity error Keyboard error or no keyboard connected Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Keyboard interface error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Memory size mismatch Press F2 (during POST) to enter the BIOS utility, then press Exit in the BIOS utility to reboot. If you still encounter problems after going through the corrective measures, please contact your dealer or an authorized service center for assistance. 90 - Internet and online security I N T E R N E T A N D O N L I N E S E C U R I T Y First steps on the net Protecting your computer It is vital to protect your computer from viruses and attacks over the internet (see Internet security software on page 94). A comprehensive internet security program is offered when you first start your computer. You should activate this protection as soon as possible, certainly before you connect to the internet. Choose an Internet Service Provider Using the internet has become a natural part of daily computing. Just a few simple steps can connect you to a vast collection of knowledge and communication tools. To accomplish these steps you should first select an Internet Service Provider (ISP), which supplies the connection between your computer and the internet. You should research the ISPs available in your region, not forgetting to talk to friends and family about their experiences or to check reviews and consumer reports. The ISP you select will provide instructions on how to connect to the internet (you may need additional software or a special box that connects to your phone line). Connection types Depending on your computer model, your location and your communication needs, you have several ways to connect to the internet. Internet and online security - 91 Dial-up Some computers include a telephone dial-up (modem) connector. This allows you to connect to the internet using your telephone line. With a dial-up connection, you cannot use the modem and the telephone simultaneously on a single phone line. This type of connection is recommended only if you have limited use of the internet as the connection speed is low and connection time is typically charged per hour. DSL (e.g. ADSL) DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) is an always-on connection that runs over the phone line. As DSL and phone do not use the same frequencies, you can use your telephone at the same time you are connected to the internet (this requires a micro-filter on each to avoid interference). To be eligible for DSL, you must be located near an DSL-equipped phone exchange is sometimes unavailable in rural areas). Connection speeds vary depending on your location, but DSL generally provides very fast and reliable internet connection. As the connection is always-on, it is generally charged at fixed monthly rates. telephone

(service socket Note A DSL connection requires an appropriate modem. A modem is usually provided by the ISP when you register. Many of these modems include an router that provides network and Wi-Fi access. Cable Cellular A cable connection provides fast and always-on internet service via a cable television line. This service is generally available in large cities. You can use your telephone and watch cable TV at the same time you are connected to the internet. A cellular connection allows you to use cellular networks

(such as those used by a mobile phone) to connect to the 92 - Internet and online security internet while away from home. The socket for a SIM card may be built in to your computer, or may require an external device, such as a USB modem or even an appropriately equipped mobile phone. Note If your computer includes a SIM card slot, you require a compatible SIM card and a contract with a cellular provider. Before using the cellular features, check with your service provider to see if any additional charges will be incurred, especially roaming charges. Network connections A LAN (Local Area Network) is a group of computers (for example, within an office building or home) that share a common communications line and resources. When you set up a network, you can share files, peripheral devices (such as a printer) and an internet connection. You can set up a LAN using wired technologies (such as Ethernet) or wireless technologies (such as Wi-Fi or Bluetooth). Wireless networks A wireless LAN or WLAN is a wireless local area network, which may link two or more computers without using wires. Setting up a wireless network is easy and allows you to share files, peripheral devices and an internet connection. What are benefits of a wireless network?

Mobility Wireless LAN systems allow you and other users of your home network to share access to files and devices connected to the network, for example a printer or scanner. Also you can share an internet connection with other computers in your home. Installation speed and simplicity Installing a wireless LAN system can be fast and easy and eliminates the need to pull cables through walls and ceilings. Internet and online security - 93 Components of a wireless LAN To set up your Wireless network at home you need to have the following:

Access point (router) Access points (routers) are two-way transceivers that broadcast data into the surrounding environment. Access points act as a mediator between wired and wireless network. Most routers have a built-in DSL modem that will allow you access to a high speed DSL internet connection. The ISP (Internet Service Provider) you have chosen normally supplies a modem/router with the subscription to their services. Read carefully the documentation supplied with your Access point/router for detailed setup instructions. Network cable (RJ45) A network cable (also called RJ45 cable) is used to connect the host computer to the access point (see illustration below); this type of cable may also be used to connect peripheral devices to the access point. Wireless adapter Most computers feature a wireless module and Wi-Fi button that turns the network connection on or off. You may also turn your wireless network on or off, or control what is shared over the network with the network management options. Warning Using wireless devices while flying in aircraft may be prohibited. Switch off all devices before boarding an aircraft; they may be dangerous the aircraft, disrupt communications, and even be illegal. After take off, ask the cabin crew if you may enable Wi-Fi. the operation of to 94 - Internet and online security Surf the Net!

To surf the internet, you need a program called an internet browser. Microsoft Edge provides an easy and secure web browsing experience. As soon as you have your internet access installed and you are connected, from the Start Menu, click the Microsoft Edge tile or the icon located in the taskbar and take your internet experience to a new level!

Predator website To get you started why not visit our website, www.acer.com. Predator is dedicated to provide you with on-going personalized support. Check out our Support section to get help tailored to your needs. www.acer.com is your portal to a world of online activities and services: visit us regularly for the latest information and downloads!

Internet security software To help you stay ahead of cybercriminals, Acer has partnered with Norton to offer you security for all your devices. Select Acer computers include protection by Norton Security Norton Security is pre-installed on select Acer computers, protecting your identity and financial data from viruses, spyware, malware and other online threats. Learn more about how to stay safe online and how to stay protected after your introductory subscription ends. Note Specifications vary depending on model or Operating System. Internet and online security - 95 Staying ahead of cybercriminals Stay ahead of hackers and cybercriminals by understanding the tactics they use to access your private data. Ensure your software is up to date Cybercriminals rely heavily upon software or platform vulnerabilities, as they are the easiest way to sneak malware into a user's device unnoticed, sometimes with little action on the user's part. Immediately after a software manufacturer announces an update, hackers are ready with malware that can breach holes in the software that would have been patched if the update was installed. How to stay safe: Perform any and all software updates as soon as they are available. Keep a lookout for fake or phishing emails Beware of emails that appear to be from a friend or business colleague that you know but seem a little odd. Maybe they didn't capitalize your name or there are misspellings. The email might be from cybercriminals who are trying to fool you into sending them your credit card number, social security number, or logging into a fake bank website that looks like yours but really isn't. How to stay safe: Use a strong antispam filter. If an email looks strange, don't click on anything and delete it immediately. Instead manually launch a browser and type in your bank's website address and log-in yourself. Don't be fooled if someone calls your phone A tech support scam is a form of online fraud where people call you on the phone saying they're Technical Support from a trusted company like Norton or Microsoft and that you have a virus. The main motive behind these scams is to extort money from the victim. Cybercriminals can also install malware such as keylogging software or backdoor Trojans in order to gain access to personal information. How to stay safe: Don't fall for phone calls that tell you your software or computer isn't working. Never give your 96 - Internet and online security personal information like social security or credit card numbers to someone that you don't know over the phone. Common threats cybercriminals use Now you know a few very common ways cybercriminals try to sneak onto your device or trick you into providing private information to them directly. Here are a few of the types of malware they like to deploy once they've got into a device and what to do if you're ever infected. Ransomware A form of malware that will encrypt personal data files on your computer and attached devices. Encryption converts files into another format, that can only be opened with a specific decryption key. Once the ransomware installs itself, it will display a warning message that the computer is now locked. The user is given a specific amount of money to pay as a "fine" and a timeframe in which to pay. Even if paid, the criminal might choose to not unencrypt the files anyway!

What to do if you're infected: Avoid getting infected in the first place by staying protected with internet security software like Norton Security. Also, perform regular backups of all your data either online or to a separate external hard drive that is only attached to your computer while performing the backup. Ransomware has been known to lock access to external hard drives attached to the computer. If you are infected with ransomware, think twice before you pay the ransom. There is no guarantee the cybercriminal will unlock your files and you'll be funding them to prey upon another innocent victim. Botnets A botnet is a string of infected, connected computers coordinated together to perform a task. Botnets gain access to your machine through some piece of malicious coding. Once the software is downloaded, the botnet will now contact its master computer and let it know that everything is ready to go. Now your computer, phone, tablet, or IoT Internet and online security - 97 device is entirely under the control of the person who created the botnet. Most people who are infected with botnets aren't even aware that their computer's security has become compromised!

What to do if you're infected: If you're infected you probably don't realize it as bots are notoriously quiet. Your Internet Service Provider might send you a notification alerting you that they found a threat on your network and that you need to remove the bot. If you have a bot, use internet security software like Norton Security to scan all of your devices. Viruses/Malware

"Virus" is the commonplace word for all malicious software programs for years now; however, a virus is just one type of malicious threat. A virus is classified as a self-replicating piece of malicious code that travels by inserting itself into files or programs. What to do if you're infected: Take steps to avoid infection by staying protected with internet security software like Norton Security. If you subscribed to Norton Security and think you may have a virus, contact Norton's on-call technicians to help eliminate the virus. Take special precautions when using public Wi-Fi Public Wi-Fi is available just about everywhere, from the local coffee shop to the hotels and airports you visit while traveling. While public Wi-Fi has made our lives a little easier, it also poses security risks to the personal information available on our laptops and smartphones. A virtual private network (VPN) gives you online privacy and anonymity by creating a private network from a public internet connection. VPNs mask your internet protocol (IP) address so your online actions are virtually untraceable as well as secure. One of the biggest security risks on public Wi-Fi are man-in-the-middle attacks (MITM). These attacks are akin to eavesdropping. Data is sent from point A

(computer) to point B (server/website), and an attacker can get in-between these transmissions. They then set up tools 98 - Internet and online security programmed to "listen in" on transmissions, intercept data that is specifically targeted as valuable, and capture the data, such as your login credentials and passwords. Use a virtual private network (VPN) to ensure your privacy and anonymity are protected when you use public Wi-Fi. VPN services can encrypt all the data that you send and receive while using a public Wi-Fi hotspot, securing your information from hackers and other users of the same connection. For more tips on how to stay safe Good security habits can reduce your exposure to online crime. By adopting a few basic behaviors, you can make big strides in reducing cybercrime risk:

Protect your accounts with strong, unique passwords that use a combination of at least 10 uppercase and lowercase letters, symbols and numbers. Don't click on random links or open unsolicited messages and attachments-particularly from people you don't know. Don't access any personal information or social media accounts over unprotected Wi-Fi networks. Use security software on your devices to help protect yourself from the latest threats. Protect your computer with Windows security tools Windows provides a variety of protection applications. Windows Updates If you have an active internet connection, Windows can check for important updates for your computer and install them automatically. These updates include security patches and program updates that can improve your computing experience and help protect your computer against new viruses and attacks. How do I know when my computer is at risk?

If the Action Center reports an alert, or if your computer behaves erratically, crashes unexpectedly or if some of your Internet and online security - 99 programs do not work correctly, your computer may be infected by malicious software. However, do not blame every computer problem on a virus! If you suspect your computer is infected, the first thing to do is update, if you have not already done so, and run your antivirus and anti-spyware software.

2021. All Rights Reserved. Predator Helios 500 Covers: PH517-52 This revision: April 2021 This manual contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright laws. The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Some features described in this manual may not be supported depending on the Operating System version. Images provided herein are for reference only and may contain information or features that do not apply to your computer. Acer Group shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained in this manual. 1 E n g l i s h Model number: _________________________________________________ Serial number: _________________________________________________ Date of purchase: _____________________________________________ Place of purchase: _____________________________________________ ENVIRONMENT Temperature:

Operating: 5 C to 35 C Storage: -20 C to 60 C Humidity (non-condensing):

Operating: 20% to 80%

Storage: 20% to 60%

WARNING! To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. 2 h s i l g n E First things first We would like to thank you for making this Predator notebook your choice for meeting your mobile computing needs. Your guides To help you use your Predator notebook, we have designed a set of guides:

First off, the Setup Guide helps you get started with setting up your computer. The Quick Guide introduces you to the basic features and functions of your new computer. For more on how your computer can help you to be more productive, please refer to the Predator Helios 500 Users Manual. The Predator Helios 500 Users Manual contains useful information applying to your new computer. It covers basic topics such as using the keyboard and audio, etc. This guide contains detailed information on such subjects as system utilities, data recovery, expansion options and troubleshooting. In addition it contains warranty information and the general regulations and safety notices for your notebook. The Users Manual can be downloaded from the Acer support website by going to:

http://go.acer.com/?id=17883 Software installation The first time you turn on your computer, it will automatically install software and set up for use. This may take some time, please do not turn off your computer; wait until the installation has finished. Recovery You should create recovery backups as soon as you can. The Acer Recovery Management program allows you to create recovery backups and then to restore or reinstall applications and drivers provided by Acer. Having trouble?

Acer provides several options to support your purchase. 3 Acer support Make sure you write down your computer serial number, date and place of purchase and model name on the area provided in this guide; save your proof of purchase. Before you call us, please write down any error message that accompanies the problem, and have the computer in front of you and switched on if possible. Having these items to hand when contacting us will ensure better and quicker service. E n g l i s h Acer website Remember to visit www.acer.com and refer to the support section for up-

to-date information, help, drivers and downloads. Warranty and contact information You can find information about the warranty for your computer and how to contact technical support in your computers Warranty. 4 Your Predator notebook tour h s i l g n E Your Predator notebook tour After setting up your computer as illustrated in the Setup Guide, let us show you around your new Predator computer. Screen view 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 Icon Item Description Microphones Webcam Internal digital microphones for sound recording. Web camera for video communication. A light next to the webcam indicates that the webcam is active. Screen Displays computer output. Speakers Deliver stereo audio output. Keyboard view 5 E n g l i s h 8 7 6 5 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Icon Item Description TURBO TURBO key Switches overclocking and fan speed level. Keyboard For entering data into your computer. See "Using the keyboard" on page 9. Touchpad Touch-sensitive pointing device. Click buttons

(left and right) The left and right buttons function like the left and right mouse buttons. PredatorSense key Launches PredatorSense application. Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Hard drive indicator Indicates when the computers hard drive is active. Battery indicator Indicates the computers battery status. Charging: The light shows amber when the battery is charging. Fully charged: The light shows blue when in AC mode. Power indicator Indicates the computers power status. 6

8

1 2 3 4 5 Your Predator notebook tour Icon Item Description Power button Turns the computer on and off. h s i l g n E Left view 1 2 3 4 5 Icon Item Description Ventilation and cooling fan USB Type-C /

Thunderbolt 4 ports USB port with power-off charging HDMI 2.1 port Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Connect to USB devices with a USB Type-C connector. Supports Thunderbolt 4 and displays. Connects to USB devices. Supports high-definition digital video connections. Mini DisplayPort Connects to an external display device. USB Type-C information USB 3.2 Gen 2 with transfer speeds up to 10 Gbps. Supports DisplayPort audio/video output. Compatible with Thunderbolt 4. Delivers up to 3 A at 5 V DC for USB charging. USB 3.2 Gen 2 information USB 3.2 Gen 2 compatible ports are blue. Compatible with USB 3.2 Gen 2 and earlier devices. For optimal performance, use USB 3.2 Gen 2-certified devices. Defined by the USB 3.2 Gen 2 specification (SuperSpeed USB). 7 E n g l i s h Right view 21 3 4 5 6 Icon Item Description Headset/speaker jack Connects to audio devices (e.g., speakers, headphones) Mic-in jack Connects to an external microphone for recording audio. USB ports with power-off charging Ethernet (RJ-45) port Connect to USB devices. Connects to an Ethernet 10/100/

1000Mbps/2.5Gbps-based network. Pull the lip down to open the port fully. Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Kensington lock slot Connects to a Kensington-compatible security lock.

1 2 3 4 5 6 USB 3.2 Gen 2 information USB 3.2 Gen 2 compatible ports are blue. Compatible with USB 3.2 Gen 2 and earlier devices. For optimal performance, use USB 3.2 Gen 2-certified devices. Defined by the USB 3.2 Gen 2 specification (SuperSpeed USB). 8 Rear view h s i l g n E RTX 3080 SKU 1 Your Predator notebook tour RTX 3070 SKU 1 2 2

Icon Item Description Connects to an AC adapter. 1 DC-in jack Note: Please press the AC adapter into the tunnel to the power connector. You will feel a click indicating it is connected. Then, check the light of battery indicator shows amber while charging. 2 Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Base view 1 2 3 9 E n g l i s h 4

1 2 3 4 Icon Item Description Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Subwoofer Delivers enhanced bass audio. Battery reset pinhole Main storage and memory compartment Simulates removing and reinstalling the battery. Insert a paperclip into the hole and press for four seconds. Houses the computers main storage and memory. You may upgrade your computers main storage and memory. To reduce compatibility risk, Acer recommends asking an approved service center to do this. Using the keyboard The keyboard has full-sized keys, a numeric keypad, separate cursor, lock, Windows keys and hotkeys. 10 Using the keyboard h s i l g n E Hotkeys To activate hotkeys, press and hold the Fn key before pressing the other key in the hotkey combination. Hotkey Icon Function Flight mode Description Turns on / off the computer's network devices. Sleep Puts the computer in Sleep mode. Fn + F5 Display toggle Fn + F6 Display off Switches display output between the display screen, external monitor (if connected) and both. Turns the display screen backlight off to save power. Press any key to return. Fn + F12 Scr Lk Scroll Lock Turns Scroll Lock on or off. Fn + Del Ins Insert Turns Insert on or off. Touchpad toggle Turns the built-in touchpad on and off. Speaker toggle Turns the speakers on and off. Keyboard backlight decrease Keyboard backlight increase Microphone toggle Decreases the intensity of the keyboard backlight. Increases the intensity of the keyboard backlight. Turns the microphones on and off. Play/Pause Plays or pauses a selected media file. Stop playing the selected media file. Previous Returns to the previous media file. Jumps to the next media file. Stop Next Brightness up Increases the screen brightness. Brightness down Decreases the screen brightness. Volume up Increases the sound volume. Volume down Decreases the sound volume. Fn + F3 Fn + F4 Fn + F7 Fn + F8 Fn + F9 Fn + F10 Fn + F11 Fn + Home Fn + Pg Up Fn + Pg Dn Fn + End Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

Regulatory Information and Safety Guide 2 -

2017. All Rights Reserved. Regulatory Information and Safety Guide This revision: 04/2017 TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of contents - 3 Important safety information for children Tips and information for comfortable use 5 Finding your comfort zone .......................... 5 Taking care of your vision........................... 6 Developing good work habits...................... 7 Protecting your hearing............................... 7 4 Basic care and tips for using your computer 8 Turning your computer on and off............... 8 Taking care of your computer ..................... 8 General ....................................................... 9 Pack your computer carefully...................... 9 Safety instructions ................................. 10 Product servicing ...................................... 10 Cleaning and servicing.............................. 10 Battery and adapter information ............ 11 Accessing the power................................. 11 Disconnecting the power source............... 11 Using electrical power............................... 11 Guidelines for safe battery usage ............. 13 Internal battery....................................... 15 Warnings and regulatory information 16 Optical drives......................................... 16 Telephone line safety............................. 17 Emergency calls........................................ 17 Medical devices ..................................... 17 Vehicles ................................................. 18 Potentially explosive environments........ 18 Disposal instructions.............................. 19 ENERGY STAR ..................................... 19 Wireless adapter regulatory information 20 Radio frequency interference.................... 20 Use on aircraft........................................... 21 The wireless adapter and your health....... 21 USA FCC and FAA............................... 21 FCC radio frequency interference requirements............................................. 22 RF exposure ............................................. 24 Canada Industry Canada (IC) .............. 24 European Union ........................................ 26 Compliant with Russian regulatory certification................................................ 29 4 - Important safety information for children IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION FOR CHILDREN CAUTION - ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PRODUCT. THIS IS NOT A TOY. TO AVOID RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK OR FIRE IT SHOULD NOT BE USED WITHOUT ADULT SUPERVISION OR PLACED WHERE SMALL CHILDREN CAN REACH IT. CAUTION -

ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PRODUCT. Not recommended for children under 3 years of age. As with all electrical products, precautions should be observed during handling and use of electrical products to reduce the risk of electric shock.

"CAUTION for film bag - Keep away from small children; the thin film may cling to nose and mouth and prevent breathing."

As with the power supply (adapter) should not be handled by the children, precautions should be observed during handling and use to prevent electric shock and high temperature. Children should be very careful while handling the power supply

(adapter), in particular plugging the power supply into the receptacle

(power outlet). The product should not be placed on the bare skin (e.g. lap of a child) for long periods. The laptop should be placed on a flat surface, like a desk or tabletop, if intending to use it for more than a few minutes. The product, including power supply and battery pack, as applicable should not be left in the rain or exposure to water. If cleaning is necessary do not immerse in water; wipe clean with a damp cloth. The product, including power supply and battery pack, as applicable should not be dropped, crushed (stepped on) or otherwise abused. Children should be careful with the cable (wiring) between the power supply (adapter) and laptop, in particular as a potential trip hazard. An adult should periodically inspect the product for damage, including the power supply and casing around the battery pack, (as applicable, and replace or send for repair if necessary. Similarly, if a child notices damage or broken parts, this should be reported to an adult immediately so that the damaged parts can be replaced or repaired. TIPS AND INFORMATION FOR COMFORTABLE USE Tips and information for comfortable use - 5 Important Some of the information in this guide may not apply to your computer. Computer users may complain of eyestrain and headaches after prolonged use. Users are also at risk of physical injury after long hours of working in front of a computer. Long work periods, bad posture, poor work habits, stress, inadequate working conditions, personal health and other factors greatly increase the risk of physical injury. Incorrect computer usage may lead to carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, tenosynovitis or other musculoskeletal disorders. The following symptoms may appear in the hands, wrists, arms, shoulders, neck or back:

Numbness, or a burning or tingling sensation. Aching, soreness or tenderness. Pain, swelling or throbbing. Stiffness or tightness. Coldness or weakness. If you have these symptoms, or any other recurring or persistent discomfort and/or pain related to computer use, consult a physician immediately and inform your company's health and safety department. The following section provides tips for more comfortable computer use. Finding your comfort zone Find your comfort zone by adjusting the viewing angle of the monitor, using a footrest, or raising your sitting height to achieve maximum comfort. Observe the following tips:

Refrain from staying too long in one fixed posture. 6 - Tips and information for comfortable use Avoid slouching forward and/or leaning backward. Stand up and walk around regularly to remove the strain on your leg muscles. Take short rests to relax your neck and shoulders. Avoid tensing your muscles or shrugging your shoulders. Install the external display, keyboard and mouse properly and within comfortable reach. If you view your monitor more than your documents, place the display at the center of your desk to minimize neck strain. Taking care of your vision Long viewing hours, wearing incorrect glasses or contact lenses, glare, excessive room lighting, poorly focused screens, very small typefaces and low-contrast displays could stress your eyes. The following sections provide suggestions on how to reduce eyestrain. Eyes Rest your eyes frequently. Give your eyes regular breaks by looking away from the monitor and focusing on a distant point. Blink frequently to keep your eyes from drying out. Display Keep your display clean. Keep your head at a higher level than the top edge of the display so your eyes point downward when looking at the middle of the display. Adjust the display brightness and/or contrast to a comfortable level for enhanced text readability and graphics clarity. Eliminate glare and reflections by:

placing your display in such a way that the side faces the window or any light source, minimizing room light by using drapes, shades or blinds, using a task light, changing the display's viewing angle, using a glare-reduction filter, Tips and information for comfortable use - 7 using a display visor, such as a piece of cardboard extended from the display's top front edge. Avoid adjusting your display to an awkward viewing angle. Avoid looking at bright light sources for extended periods of time. Developing good work habits The following work habits make computer use more relaxing and productive:

Take short breaks regularly and often. Perform some stretching exercises. Breathe fresh air as often as possible. Exercise regularly and maintain a healthy body. Warning We do not recommend using the computer on a couch or bed. If this is unavoidable, work for only short periods, take breaks regularly, and do some stretching exercises. Protecting your hearing Warning Permanent hearing if earphones or headphones are used at high volume for prolonged periods of time. loss may occur To protect your hearing, follow these instructions. Increase the volume gradually until you can hear clearly and comfortably. Do not increase the volume level after your ears have adjusted. Do not listen to music at high volumes for extended periods. Do not increase the volume to block out noisy surroundings. Decrease the volume if you can't hear people speaking near you. 8 - Basic care and tips for using your computer BASIC CARE AND TIPS FOR USING YOUR COMPUTER Read these instructions carefully. Keep this document for future reference. Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product. Turning your computer on and off To turn on the computer, simply press and release the power button. Please refer to the setup poster for the location of the power button. Note If you cannot power off the computer normally, press and hold the power button for more than four seconds to shut down the computer. If you turn off the computer and want to turn it on again, wait at least two seconds before powering up. Taking care of your computer Your computer will serve you well if you take care of it. Do not expose the computer to direct sunlight. Do not place it near sources of heat, such as a radiator. Do not subject the computer to magnetic fields. Do not expose the computer to rain or moisture. Do not spill water or any liquid on the computer. Do not drop, bump, scratches, twist, hit, shake push, or place heavy objects on your computer, display, or external devices. Do not subject the computer to heavy shock or vibration. Do not expose the computer to dust or dirt. Never place objects on top of the computer. Do not slam the computer display when you close it. Never place the computer on uneven surfaces. Where possible, keep all objects at least 15 cm away from the computer to avoid causing computer damage. General Basic care and tips for using your computer - 9 Do not use this product near water. Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand or table. If the product falls, it could be seriously damaged. Slots and openings are provided for ventilation to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating. These openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, rug or other similar surface. This product should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat register, or in a built-in installation unless proper ventilation is provided. Never push objects of any kind into this product through cabinet slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short-out parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind onto or into the product. To avoid damage of internal components and to prevent battery leakage, do not place the product on a vibrating surface. Never use it under sporting, exercising, or any vibrating environment which will probably cause a short-circuit or damage rotor devices, HDD, optical drive, and even exposure risk from the lithium battery pack. The bottom surface, areas around ventilation openings and AC adapter may get hot. To avoid injury, ensure they do not come in contact with your skin or body. Your device and its enhancements may contain small parts. Keep them out of the reach of small children. The surface temperature of the base will rise during normal operation, particularly when plugged in to AC power. Allowing sustained contact with exposed skin can cause discomfort or burns. Pack your computer carefully Use a quality carrying case that provides adequate cushioning and protection. Do not pack your computer in a tightly packed suitcase or bag. 10 - Basic care and tips for using your computer Before putting your computer in a carrying case, make sure that it is off or in sleep mode. Do not put a computer in a carrying case while it is turned on. Safety instructions Product servicing Do not attempt to service this product yourself, as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage points or other risks. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Unplug this product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel when:

The power cord or plug is damaged, cut or frayed. Liquid was spilled into the product. The product was exposed to rain or water. The product has been dropped or the case has been damaged. The product exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a need for service. The product does not operate normally after following the operating instructions. The product exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a need for service. The product does not operate normally after following the operating instructions. Note Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions, since improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the product to normal condition. Cleaning and servicing When cleaning the computer, follow these steps:

1.Turn off the computer and remove the battery pack if applicable. Basic care and tips for using your computer - 11 2.Disconnect the AC adapter. 3.Use a soft, moist cloth. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners. Prevent Electrostatic discharge: A discharge of static electricity from finger or other electrostatic conductors can seriously damage a battery, or other electronic components and cause loss of information deletion from electrostatic damage to a drive. Before handling an electronic device, discharge static electricity by touching an unpainted metal surface. Battery and adapter information Accessing the power Be sure that the power outlet you plug into is easily accessible and located as close to the equipment operator as possible. When you need to disconnect power to the equipment, be sure to unplug from the electrical outlet. Disconnecting the power source Observe the following guidelines when connecting and disconnecting power to the power supply unit:

Install the power supply unit before connecting to the AC power outlet. Unplug before removing the power supply unit from the computer. If the system has multiple sources of power, disconnect power from the system by unplugging all power cords from the power supplies. Using electrical power Do not connect the adapter to any other device. When unplugging the power cord, do not pull on the cord itself but pull on the plug. This product should be operated from the type of power indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power available, consult your dealer or local power company. Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord. Do not locate this product where people will walk on the cord. 12 - Basic care and tips for using your computer If an extension cord is used with this product, make sure that the total ampere rating of the equipment plugged into the extension cord does not exceed the extension cord ampere rating. Also, make sure that the total rating of all products plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed the fuse rating. Do not overload a power outlet, strip or receptacle by plugging in too many devices. The overall system load must not exceed 80% of the branch circuit rating. If power strips are used, the load should not exceed 80% of the power strip's input rating. If this product's AC adapter is equipped with a three-wire grounded plug. The plug only fits in a grounded power outlet. Make sure the power outlet is properly grounded before inserting the AC adapter plug. Do not insert the plug into a non-grounded power outlet. Contact your electrician for details. Warning The grounding pin is a safety feature. Using a power outlet that is not properly grounded may result in electric shock and/or injury. Note The grounding pin also provides good protection from unexpected noise produced by other nearby electrical devices that may interfere with the performance of this product. The system can be powered using a wide range of voltages; 100 to 120 or 220 to 240 V or 100-240 V AC. The power cord included with the system meets the requirements for use in the country/region where the system was purchased. Power cords for use in other countries/regions must meet the requirements for that country/

region. For more information on power cord requirements, contact an authorized reseller or service provider. Guidelines for safe battery usage Basic care and tips for using your computer - 13 Warning When using a charging cart or a small space to simultaneously charge or operate multiple devices , the area must be well- ventilated and the temperature kept between 0 C (32 F) to 35 C (95 F) and battery charging must be stopped when 100% capacity is reached. Continuous charging can cause deformation or damage to the battery/

device. Precautions when charging batteries The useful lifespan of a battery is adversely affected by the following behavior:

Constantly charging the battery/device when already at full capacity. Charging the battery/device at temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). To prevent damage, follow these precautions:

Stop charging the battery once it reaches 100% capacity; regularly or frequently charging a fully charged battery for an extended period of time may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that you recharge the device when the battery level drops below 70% capacity. Do not charge battery in temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). Charging in abnormally high or abnormally low temperatures can cause battery deformation or damage. The charging port must be clean and free from debris and should only be used with Acer charging equipment. Use of a non-Acer battery or charging equipment can cause damage to the product and will void the warranty. If you plan to store the device for a long period of time, turn-off the device, remove AC power and store the product at room temperature (0 C - 35 C) in a dry (humidity: 45% - 80%), well-

ventilated area. Avoid direct sunlight, high temperatures and high humidity. Do not leave your devices battery completely discharged for a long period of time; this may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that the battery is checked and charged to approximately 50% capacity every 6 months. 14 - Basic care and tips for using your computer ONLY CHARGE THE BATTERY IN A CLEAN, WELL VENTILATED AREA. Warning Batteries may explode if not handled properly. Do not disassemble or dispose of batteries in fire. Do not short external contacts, crush, puncture or otherwise tamper with batteries. Keep batteries away from children. Follow local regulations when disposing of used batteries. Precautions when replacing the battery Improper replacement or mishandling could damage the battery, cause overheating, result in injury, and risk fire or explosion. Device with built-in battery: A built-in battery must be replaced by an authorized service center. Do not attempt to replace or remove the battery by yourself. Device with removable battery: The battery should only be replaced with parts approved by Acer. Do not replace the battery with any parts other than approved ones. This notebook uses a Lithium-based battery. Do not use it in a humid, wet or corrosive environment. Do not put, store or leave your product in or near a heat source, in a high temperature location, in strong direct sunlight, in a microwave oven or in a pressurized container, and do not expose it to temperatures over 50 C (122 F). Failure to follow these guidelines may cause the battery to leak acid, become hot, explode or ignite and cause injury and/or damage. Do not pierce, open or disassemble the battery. If the battery leaks and you come into contact with the leaked fluids, rinse thoroughly with water and seek medical attention immediately. For safety reasons, and to prolong the lifetime of the battery, charging will must not occur at temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 35 C (95 F). The full performance of a new battery is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times, but it will eventually wear out. When the operation time becomes noticeably shorter than normal, check an authorized reseller to purchase a new battery. Basic care and tips for using your computer - 15 Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short-circuit the battery. Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object such as a coin, clip or pen causes direct connection of the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals of the battery. (These look like metal strips on the battery.) This might happen, for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting object. The capacity and lifetime of the battery will be reduced if the battery is left in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summer or winter. Always try to keep the battery between 15 C and 25 C (59 F and 77 F). A device with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is especially limited in temperatures well below freezing. Do not dispose of batteries in a fire as they may explode. Batteries may also explode if damaged. Dispose of batteries according to local regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household waste. Wireless devices may be susceptible to interference from the battery, which could affect performance. Note Please refer to www.acer.com for battery shipping documents. Internal battery Do not attempt to replace a built-in rechargeable battery, battery replacement must be done by an Acer- authorized repair facility. Recharge the battery by following the instruction included in the product documentation. 16 - Warnings and regulatory information WARNINGS AND REGULATORY INFORMATION Optical drives CAUTION: This appliance contains a laser system and is classified as a "CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT." In case of any trouble with this device, please contact your nearest AUTHORIZED service station. To prevent direct exposure to the laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT CAUTION: INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM. APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1 PRODUIT LASERATTENTION: RADIATION DU FAISCEAU LASER INVISIBLE EN CAS DOUVERTURE. EVITTER TOUTE EXPOSITION AUX RAYONS. LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE LASER KLASSE 1 VORSICHT:

ABDECKUNG GEFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHLL AUSSETZEN PRODUCTO LSER DE LA CLASE I ADVERTENCIA: RADIACIN LSER INVISIBLE AL SER ABIERTO. EVITE EXPONERSE A LOS RAYOS. ADVARSEL: LASERSTRLING VEDBNING SE STRLEN. VARO! LAVATTAESSA OLET ALTTINA LASERSTEILYLLE. VARNING: LASERSTRLNING NR DENNA DEL R PPNAD L TUIJOTA STEESEENSTIRRA EJ IN I STRLEN VARNING:

PPNADSTIRRA EJ IN I STRLEN ADVARSEL: LASERSTRLING NAR DEKSEL PNESSTIRR IKKE INN I STRLEN LASERSTRLNING NAR DENNA DEL LASERSTRAHLUNG, WENN UNSICHTBARE IKKE IND R I Warnings and regulatory information - 17 Telephone line safety Disconnect all telephone lines from the equipment when not in use and/or before servicing. To avoid the remote risk of electric shock from lightning, do not connect the telephone line to this equipment during lightning or thunderstorms. Emergency calls Warning You cannot make emergency calls through this device. To make an emergency call you shall dial out through your mobile phone or other telephone call system. Medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including wireless phones, may interfere with the functionality of inadequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your device in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF transmissions. Pacemakers. Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 15.3 centimeters (6 inches) be maintained between wireless devices and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. These recommendations are consistent with the independent recommendations of Wireless Technology Research. Persons with pacemakers should do the following:

Always keep the device more than 15.3 centimeters (6 inches) from research by and the pacemaker Not carry the device near your pacemaker when the device is switched on. If you suspect interference, switch off your device, and move it. 18 - Warnings and regulatory information Hearing aids. Some digital wireless devices may interfere with some hearing aids. If interference occurs, consult your service provider. Vehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles such as electronic fuel injection systems, electronic antiskid (anti-lock) braking systems, electronic speed control systems, and air bag systems. For more information, check with the manufacturer, or its representative, of your vehicle or any equipment that has been added. Only qualified personnel should service the device, or install the device in a vehicle. Faulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty that may apply to the device. Check regularly that all wireless equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly. Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the device, its parts, or enhancements. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, including installed or portable wireless equipment in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wireless equipment is improperly installed, and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. Using your device while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless devices in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network, and may be illegal. Potentially explosive environments Warning Do not operate a portable transmitter (including this wireless adapter) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the transmitter has been modified to be qualified for such use. Switch off your device when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Potentially explosive atmospheres include areas where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Sparks in such areas could cause an Warnings and regulatory information - 19 explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Switch off the device at refueling points such as near gas pumps at service stations. Observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, storage, and distribution areas; chemical plants; or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical transfer or storage facilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas

(such as propane or butane), and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles such as grain, dust or metal powders. Do not switch the notebook on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger. Disposal instructions Do not throw this electronic device into the trash when discarding. To minimize pollution and ensure utmost protection of the global environment, please recycle. For more from Electrical and Electronics Equipment (WEEE) regulations, visit www.acer-group.com/public/Sustainability information on the Waste ENERGY STAR Acer's ENERGY STAR qualified products save your money by reducing energy cost and protecting the environment without sacrificing features or performance. Acer is proud to offer our customers products with the ENERGY STAR mark. What is ENERGY STAR?

Products that are ENERGY STAR qualified use less energy and prevent greenhouse gas emissions by meeting strict energy efficiency guidelines set by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Acer is committed to offering products and services worldwide that help customers save money, conserve energy and improve the quality of our environment. The more energy we can save through higher energy efficiency, the more we reduce greenhouse gases and the risks to www.energystar.gov or www.energystar.gov/powermanagement. change. More information climate refers of 20 - Warnings and regulatory information Note Information in this section may not apply to your computer. Acer ENERGY STAR qualified products:

Produce less heat and reduce cooling loads, and warmer climates. Automatically go into "display sleep" and "computer sleep" within 10 and 30 minutes of inactivity respectively (Refer to the settings in Power Management). Wake the computer from sleep mode by pushing keyboard or moving mouse. Computers will save more than 80% energy at "sleep" mode. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks Wireless adapter regulatory information Radio frequency interference Warning For safety reasons, turn off all wireless or radio transmitting devices when using your laptop under the following conditions. These devices may include, but are not limited to: wireless LAN (WLAN), Bluetooth and/or cellular. Remember to follow any special regulations in force in any area, and always switch off your device when its use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger. Use the device only in its normal operating positions. This device meets RF exposure guidelines when used normally. To successfully transmit data files or messages, this device requires a good quality connection to the network. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be delayed until such a connection is available. Parts of the device are magnetic. Metallic materials may be attracted to the device, and persons with hearing aids should not hold the device to the ear with the hearing aid. Do not place credit cards or other magnetic storage media near the device, because information stored on them may be erased. Use on aircraft Warnings and regulatory information - 21 Warning FCC and FAA regulations may prohibit airborne operation of radio-

frequency wireless devices (wireless adapters) because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Ask the cabin crew before turning on your devices wireless adapter whilst on board. The wireless adapter and your health and These recommendations. The wireless adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by the wireless adapter, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The wireless adapter operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the wireless adapter may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the applicable organization. Examples of such situations may include:

Using the wireless adapter on board airplanes, or Using the wireless adapter in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful. standards If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless adapters in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the adapter before you turn it on. USA FCC and FAA The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The wireless adapter meets the Human Exposure limits found in OET Bulletin 65, 22 - Warnings and regulatory information supplement C, 2001, and ANSI/IEEE C95.1, 1992. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:

Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; this behavior may cause damage to the radio. The use of wireless adapters in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety directors of such environments. The use of wireless adapters on airplanes is governed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). The use of wireless adapters in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. FCC radio frequency interference requirements Note Applies to device supporting IEEE 802.11a/ac wireless adapters. This device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz and 5.470 to 5.725 GHz frequency ranges. FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency ranges 5.15 to 5.25 GHz and 5.470 to 5.725 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.25 to 5.35 GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and /or damage this device. No configuration controls are provided for this wireless adapter allowing any change in the frequency of operations outside the FCC grant of authorization for U.S operation according to Part 15.407 of the FCC rules. USA Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Warnings and regulatory information - 23 Note The radiated output power of the adapter is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the adapter should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, you should keep a distance of at least 0 cm between you

(or any other person in the vicinity), or the minimum separation distance as specified by the FCC grant conditions, and the antenna that is built into the computer. Details of the authorized configurations can be found at www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/ by entering the FCC ID number on the device. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:

This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. 15.21 You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the part responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Interference statement This wireless adapter has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This wireless adapter generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the wireless adapter is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the wireless adapter may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this wireless adapter does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception (which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna of the equipment experiencing the interference. 24 - Warnings and regulatory information Increase the distance between the wireless adapter and the equipment experiencing the interference. Connect the computer with the wireless adapter to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the equipment experiencing the interference is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. RF exposure FCC RF Radiation Exposure Statement:

1.This Transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 2.This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance which states in DoC between the radiator and your body. Canada Industry Canada (IC) This device complies with RSS247 of Industry Canada. Cet appareil se conforme RSS247 de Canada d'Industrie. This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) Warnings and regulatory information - 25 les rduire le but de Under Industry Canada regulations, this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum (or lesser) gain approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than that necessary for successful communication. Conformment la rglementation d'Industrie Canada, le prsent metteur radio peut fonctionner avec une antenne d'un type et d'un gain maximal (ou infrieur) approuv pour l'metteur par Industrie Canada. Dans risques de brouillage radiolectrique l'intention des autres utilisateurs, il faut choisir le type d'antenne et son gain de sorte que la puissance isotrope rayonne quivalente (p.i.r.e.) ne dpasse pas l'intensit ncessaire l'tablissement d'une communication satisfaisante. Operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. La bande 5 150-5 250 MHz est rservs uniquement pour une utilisation l'intrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Users are advised that high-power radars are allocated as primary users (i.e. priority users) of the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and that these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Les utilisateurs tes aviss que les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., qu'ils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5 250-5 350 MHz et 5 650-5 850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. IC RF Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance which states in DoC between the radiator & your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 26 - Warnings and regulatory information Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:

Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 0 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. European Union List of applicable countries This product must be used in strict accordance with the regulations and constraints in the country of use. For further information, contact the local office in the country of use. Please see https://europa.eu/

european-union/about-eu/countries_en for the latest country list. Specific absorption rate information This device meets the EU requirements on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields by way of health protection. The limits are part of extensive recommendations for the protection of the general public. These recommendations have been developed and checked by independent scientific organizations through regular and thorough evaluations of scientific studies. The unit of measurement for the European Council's recommended limit for mobile devices is the "Specific Absorption Rate" (SAR), and the SAR limit is 2.0 W/kg averaged over 10 grams of body tissue. It meets the requirements of International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP). For body worn operation, this device has been tested and meets the ICNIRP exposure guidelines and the European Standard, for use with dedicated accessories. Use of other accessories which contain metals may not ensure compliance with ICNIRP exposure guidelines. The low band 5.15 to 5.35 GHz is for indoor use only. This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 2014/53/EU. See Statements of European the Union Compliance, and more details refer to the attached Declaration of Conformity. Warnings and regulatory information - 27 Italy The use of this equipment is regulated by:

1.D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, article 104 (activity subject to general authorization) for outdoor use and article 105 (free use) for indoor use, in both cases for private use. 2.D.M. 28.5.03, for supply to public of RLAN access to networks and telecom services. Luso degli apparati regolamentato da:

1.D.L.gs 1.8.2003, n. 259, articoli 104 (attivit soggette ad autorizzazione generale) se utilizzati al di fuori del proprio fondo e 105 (libero uso) se utilizzati entro il proprio fondo, in entrambi i casi per uso private. 2.D.M. 28.5.03, per la fornitura al pubblico dellaccesso R-LAN alle reti e ai servizi di telecomunicazioni. Belgium Dans le cas d'une utilisation prive, l'extrieur d'un btiment, au-

dessus d'un espace public, aucun enregistrement n'est ncessaire pour une distance de moins de 300 m. Pour une distance suprieure 300 m un enregistrement auprs de l'IBPT est requise. Pour les enregistrements et licences, veuillez contacter l'IBPT. In geval van priv-gebruik, buiten een gebouw, op een openbare plaats, is geen registratie nodig, wanneer de afstand minder dan 300 m is. Voor een afstand groter dan 300 m is een registratie bij BIPT vereist. Voor registraties en te contacteren. licenties, gelieve BIPT 28 - Warnings and regulatory information Brazil Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Pakistan Pakistan Telecommunication Authority (PTA) Approved. Morocco The operation of this product in the radio channel 2 (2417 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Agadir, Assa-Zag, Cabo Negro, Chaouen, Goulmima, Oujda, Tan Tan, Taourirt, Taroudant and Taza. The operation of this product in the radio channels 4, 5, 6 and 7 (2425

- 2442 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Aroport Mohamed V, Agadir, Aguelmous, Anza, Benslimane, Bni Hafida, Cabo Negro, Casablanca, Fs, Lakbab, Marrakech, Merchich, Mohammdia, Rabat, Sal, Tanger, Tan Tan, Taounate, Tit Mellil, Zag. Japan 5 GHz Korea Taiwan

;

Warnings and regulatory information - 29 Modifications to the product Acer cannot be held responsible for unauthorized modifications made by the user and the consequences thereof, which may alter the conformity of the product. Compliant with Russian regulatory certification

2021. All Rights Reserved. Nitro 5 Covers: AN515-46 / AN515-58 This revision: November 2021 This manual contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright laws. The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Some features described in this manual may not be supported depending on the Operating System version. Images provided herein are for reference only and may contain information or features that do not apply to your computer. Acer Group shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained in this manual. 1 E n g l i s h Model number: ______________________________________________ Serial number: _______________________________________________ Date of purchase: ____________________________________________ Place of purchase: ___________________________________________ ENVIRONMENT Temperature:

Operating: 5 C to 35 C Storage: -20 C to 60 C Humidity (non-condensing):

Operating: 20% to 80%

Storage: 20% to 60%

WARNING!

To reduce the possibility of heat-related injuries or of overheating the computer, do not place the computer directly on your lap or obstruct the computer air vents. Use the computer only on a hard, flat surface. Do not allow another hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, to block airflow. Also, do not allow the AC adapter to come into contact with the skin or a soft surface, such as pillows or rugs or clothing, during operation. 2 h s i l g n E First things first We would like to thank you for making this Predator notebook your choice for meeting your mobile computing needs. Your guides To help you use your Predator notebook, we have designed a set of guides:

First off, the Setup Guide helps you get started with setting up your computer. The Quick Guide introduces you to the basic features and functions of your new computer. For more on how your computer can help you to be more productive, please refer to the Nitro 5 Users Manual. The Nitro 5 Users Manual contains useful information applying to your new computer. It covers basic topics such as using the keyboard and audio, etc. This guide contains detailed information on such subjects as system utilities, data recovery, expansion options and troubleshooting. In addition it contains warranty information and the general regulations and safety notices for your notebook. The Users Manual can be downloaded from the Acer support website by going to:

http://go.acer.com/support Software installation The first time you turn on your computer, it will automatically install software and set up for use. This may take some time, please do not turn off your computer; wait until the installation has finished. Recovery You should create recovery backups as soon as you can. The Acer Care Center program allows you to create recovery backups and then to restore or reinstall applications and drivers provided by Acer. Having trouble?

Acer provides several options to support your purchase. 3 E n g l i s h Acer support Make sure you write down your computer serial number, date and place of purchase and model name on the area provided in this guide; save your proof of purchase. Before you call us, please write down any error message that accompanies the problem, and have the computer in front of you and switched on if possible. Having these items to hand when contacting us will ensure better and quicker service. Acer website Remember to visit www.acer.com and refer to the support section for up-to-date information, help, drivers and downloads. Warranty and contact information You can find information about the warranty for your computer and how to contact technical support in your computers Warranty. 4 Your Acer notebook tour h s i l g n E Your Acer notebook tour After setting up your computer as illustrated in the Setup Guide, let us show you around your new Acer computer. Screen view 1 2 3

1 2 3 Icon Item Microphones Webcam Description Internal digital microphones for sound recording. Web camera for video communication. A light next to the webcam indicates that the webcam is active. Screen Displays computer output. 5 E n g l i s h 5 4 3 Keyboard view 1 2

1 2 3 4 5 Icon Item Description Keyboard For entering data into your computer. See "Using the keyboard" on page 9. Touchpad Touch-sensitive pointing device. The touchpad and selection buttons form a single surface. Press down firmly on the touchpad surface to perform a left click. Press down firmly on the lower right corner to perform a right click. NitroSense key Launches NitroSense application. Power button Turns the computer on and off. Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. 6 Left view h s i l g n E Your Acer notebook tour 1 2 3 4 5 Icon Item Description Kensington lock slot Connects to a Kensington-compatible security lock. Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Ethernet (RJ-45) port Connects to an Ethernet 10/100/1000-based network. Pull the lip down to open the port fully. USB port Connects to USB devices. Headset/speaker jack Connects to audio devices (e.g., speakers, headphones) or a headset with microphone.

1 2 3 4 5 USB 3.2 Gen 1 information USB 3.2 Gen 1 compatible ports are blue. Compatible with USB 3.2 Gen 1 and earlier devices. For optimal performance, use USB 3.2 Gen 1-certified devices. Defined by the USB 3.2 Gen 1 specification (SuperSpeed USB). Right view 7 E n g l i s h 1 2 3 4

Icon Item Description Battery indicator Indicates the computers battery status. Amber when the battery is charging. Blue when fully charged (with the AC adapter plugged in). Power indicator Indicates the computers power status. USB port with power-

off charging Connects to USB devices. USB port Connects to USB devices. Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. 1 2 3 4 USB 3.2 Gen 2 information USB 3.2 Gen 2 compatible ports are blue. Compatible with USB 3.2 Gen 2 and earlier devices. For optimal performance, use USB 3.2 Gen 2-certified devices. Defined by the USB 3.2 Gen 2 specification (SuperSpeed USB). Rear view AN515-46 1 2 3 4 Your Acer notebook tour 8 AN515-58 h s i l g n E 1 2 3 4

Icon Item Description Connects to an AC adapter. 1 DC-in jack Note: Please press the AC adapter into the tunnel to the power connector. You will feel a click indicating it is connected. Then, check the light of battery indicator shows amber while charging. USB Type-C port with DC-in

(USB 4.0, AN515-46) Connects to the provided USB Type-C power adapter and to USB devices with a USB Type-C connector. Supports DisplayPort over USB-C. USB Type-C /

Thunderbolt 4 port

(AN515-58) Connects to USB devices with a USB Type-C connector. Supports Thunderbolt 4 and displays. HDMI 2.1 port Supports high-definition digital video connections. Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. 2 3 4 9 E n g l i s h USB Type-C information USB 3.2 Gen 2 with transfer speeds up to 10 Gbps. Supports DisplayPort audio/video output. Compatible with Thunderbolt 4. (AN515-58) Delivers up to 3 A at 5 V DC for USB charging. DC-in: requires power adapter or power source providing 65 W at 20 V. For optimal performance, please use a certified Acer power adapter or USB Power Delivery device. Base view 1 2

1 2 Icon Item Description Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Speakers Deliver stereo audio output. Using the keyboard The keyboard has full-sized keys, a numeric keypad, separate cursor, lock, Windows keys and hotkeys. 10 Using the keyboard h s i l g n E Hotkeys To activate hotkeys, press and hold the Fn key before pressing the other key in the hotkey combination. Icon Function Description Hotkey Fn + F2 Fn + F3 Fn + F4 Fn + F5 Fn + F6 Fn + F7 Fn + F8 Fn + F9 Fn + F10 Fn + F11 Fn + F12 Fn + 7 Fn + 1 Fn + 9 Fn + 3 Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

Touchpad toggle Turns the built-in touchpad on and off. Flight mode Turns on / off the computer's network devices. Sleep Puts the computer in Sleep mode. Display toggle Display off Microphone toggle Switches display output between the display screen, external monitor (if connected) and both. Turns the display screen backlight off to save power. Press any key to return. Speaker toggle Turns the speakers on and off. Turns the microphones on and off. Keyboard backlight decrease Decreases the intensity of the keyboard backlight. Keyboard backlight increase Adjusts the intensity of the keyboard backlight. Pause Sends a Break Command. Scroll Lock Turns Scroll Lock on or off. Home End Page up Scrolls to the beginning of a document. Scrolls to the end of a document. Scrolls the page up. Page down Scrolls the page down. Brightness up Increases the screen brightness. Brightness down Decreases the screen brightness. Volume up Increases the sound volume. Volume down Decreases the sound volume. Pause Scr Lk Home End Pg Up Pg Dn

USERS MANUAL 2 -

2022. All Rights Reserved. Spin 3 Covers: SP314-55 / SP314-55N This revision: March 2022 Important This manual contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright laws. The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Some features described in this manual may not be supported depending on the Operating System version. Images provided herein are for reference only and may contain information or features that do not apply to your computer. Acer Group shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained in this manual. Register your Acer product If your new device runs on Windows OS, you may have had your product registered automatically while you start up your device with Windows OS. Log in at www.acer.com/myproducts with the email address you registered for Windows OS to review your product record. (Reset your password if you do not know it.) If the record is not found, please follow the steps below to register. 1. Ensure you are connected to the Internet. 2. Go to www.acer.com/register-product. 3. Sign in or sign up for an Acer ID. 4. Enter S/N or SNID of your device to register it. Model number: _________________________________ Serial number: _________________________________ Date of purchase: ______________________________ Place of purchase: ______________________________ The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing Administrator, Inc. in the United States and other countries. T ABLE OF CONTENTS Table of contents - 3 5 First things first Your guides ............................................. 5 Basic care and tips for using your computer.................................................. 5 Turning your computer off........................... 5 Taking care of your computer ..................... 6 Taking care of your AC adapter .................. 7 Cleaning and servicing................................ 7 Guidelines for safe battery usage ............... 7 Internal battery....................................... 10 Your Acer notebook tour 11 Screen view ........................................... 11 Keyboard view ....................................... 12 Left view ........................... 13 USB Type-C information ........................... 14 Right view .............................................. 14 USB 3.2 Gen 2 information ....................... 14 Rear view............................................... 15 Base view .............................................. 15 Using the keyboard 16 Lock keys............................................... 16 Special keys .......................................... 16 Hotkeys.................................................. 17 19 Rechargeable Active Stylus The Windows OS Desktop 20 Tips and hints for using Windows.......... 21 Where are my apps?................................. 21 Can I turn off notifications? ....................... 21 How do I check for Windows updates?..... 21 Where can I get more information?........... 21 Using the Precision Touchpad 22 Touchpad gestures................................ 22 Changing touchpad settings .................. 24 Recovery 25 Creating a file history backup ................ 25 Creating a factory default backup.......... 28 Backing up your wireless and LAN drivers.................................................... 30 Restoring your computer ....................... 30 Reset this PC and keep my files............... 30 Reset this PC and remove everything ...... 34 Using a Bluetooth connection 38 Enabling and disabling Bluetooth .......... 38 Enable Bluetooth and add a device .......... 38 Connecting to the Internet 40 Connecting to a wireless network.......... 40 Connecting to a wireless LAN................... 40 44 Bluelight Shield Securing your computer 46 Using a computer security lock.............. 46 Using passwords ................................... 46 Entering passwords .................................. 47 Fingerprint Reader 48 How to use the fingerprint reader .......... 48 BIOS utility 52 Boot sequence....................................... 52 Setting passwords ................................. 52 Power management 53 Saving power ......................................... 53 Battery pack 55 Battery characteristics ........................... 55 Charging the battery ................................. 55 Optimizing battery life ............................... 56 Checking the battery level......................... 57 Battery-low warning .................................. 57 Traveling with your computer 58 Disconnecting from the desktop ............ 58 Moving around ....................................... 58 What to bring............................................. 59 61 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Thunderbolt 4 port 62 Displays ................................................. 62 63 SD card reader Video and audio connectors 64 Connecting a monitor............................. 64 Headphones and microphone................ 64 65 HDMI Frequently asked questions 67 Requesting service ................................ 69 Troubleshooting ..................................... 70 Troubleshooting tips.................................. 70 Error messages......................................... 70 Internet and online security 72 First steps on the net ............................. 72 Protecting your computer.......................... 72 Choose an Internet Service Provider ........ 72 Network connections................................. 74 Surf the Net!.............................................. 75 Internet security software.......................... 76 Getting started... In this section you will find:

Useful information on caring for your computer and your health Where to find the power button, ports and connectors Windows 11 interface overview Tips and tricks for using the touchpad and keyboard How to create recovery backups Guidelines for connecting to a network and using Bluetooth Information on using Acers bundled software F IRST THINGS FIRST First things first - 5 We would like to thank you for making this Acer notebook your choice for meeting your mobile computing needs. Your guides To help you use your Acer notebook, we have designed a set of guides:

First off, the Setup Guide helps you get started with setting up your computer. The Quick Guide introduces you to the basic features and functions of your new computer. For more on how your computer can help you to be more productive, please refer to the Users Manual. This guide contains detailed information on such subjects as system utilities, data recovery, expansion options and troubleshooting. Once you have connected to the internet, you can download updates for your computer from:

http://go.acer.com/support 1. The link will open the Acer Support webpage. 2. Scroll down to Drivers and Manuals and search for your model by pasting in or manually entering the serial number, SNID, or product model. 3. From this page you can also download and install the Acer identification utility that will automatically detect your computers serial number and SNID and allow you to copy it to the clipboard. 4. Once you have found your product model, any updates, or documents will be listed. Basic care and tips for using your computer Turning your computer off To turn the power off, do any of the following:

Use the Windows shutdown command: Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button, select Power > Shut down. 6 - First things first Right-click the Windows Start button > Shut down or sign out >

Shut down. If you need to power down the computer for a short while, but dont want to completely shut it down, you can put it to Sleep by doing any of the following:

Press the power button. Press the sleep hotkey. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button, select Power > Sleep. Right-click the Windows Start button > Shut down or sign out >

Sleep. Note If you cannot power off the computer normally, press and hold the power button for up to ten seconds to shut down the computer. If you turn off the computer and want to turn it on again, wait at least two seconds before powering up. Taking care of your computer Your computer will serve you well if you take care of it. Only use the adapter provided with your device, or an Acer-

approved adapter to power your device. Do not expose the computer to direct sunlight. Do not place it near sources of heat, such as a radiator. Do not expose the computer to temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 50 C (122 F). Do not subject the computer to magnetic fields. Do not expose the computer to rain or moisture. Do not spill water or any liquid on the computer. Do not subject the computer to heavy shock or vibration. Do not expose the computer to dust or dirt. Never place objects on top of the computer. Do not slam the computer display when you close it. Never place the computer on uneven surfaces. First things first - 7 Taking care of your AC adapter Here are some ways to take care of your AC adapter:

Do not connect the adapter to any other device. Do not step on the power cord or place heavy objects on top of it. Route the power cord and any cables away from where people walk. When unplugging the power cord, do not pull on the cord itself but pull on the plug. The total ampere ratings of the equipment plugged in should not exceed the ampere rating of the cord if you are using an extension cord. Also, the total current rating of all equipment plugged into a single wall outlet should not exceed the fuse rating. Cleaning and servicing When cleaning the computer, follow these steps:

1. Turn off the computer. 2. Disconnect the AC adapter. 3. Use a soft, moist cloth. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners. If your computer is dropped or visibly damaged, or does not work normally, please contact your nearest authorized Acer service center. Guidelines for safe battery usage Warning When using a charging cart or a small space to simultaneously charge or operate multiple devices , the area must be well- ventilated and the temperature kept between 0 C (32 F) to 35 C (95 F) and battery charging must be stopped when 100% capacity is reached. Continuous charging can cause deformation or damage to the battery/

device. Precautions when charging batteries The useful lifespan of a battery is adversely affected by the following behavior:

Constantly charging the battery/device when already at full capacity. 8 - First things first Charging the battery/device at temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). To prevent damage, follow these precautions:

Stop charging the battery once it reaches 100% capacity; regularly or frequently charging a fully charged battery for an extended period of time may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that you recharge the device when the battery level drops below 70% capacity. Do not charge battery in temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). Charging in abnormally high or abnormally low temperatures can cause battery deformation or damage. The charging port must be clean and free from debris and should only be used with Acer charging equipment. Use of a non-Acer battery or charging equipment can cause damage to the product and will void the warranty. If you plan to store the device for a long period of time, turn-off the device, remove AC power and store the product at room temperature (0 C - 35 C) in a dry (humidity: 45% - 80%), well-

ventilated area. Avoid direct sunlight, high temperatures and high humidity. Do not leave your devices battery completely discharged for a long period of time; this may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that the battery is checked and charged to approximately 50% capacity every 6 months. ONLY CHARGE THE BATTERY IN A CLEAN, WELL VENTILATED AREA. Warning Batteries may explode if not handled properly. Do not disassemble or dispose of batteries in fire. Do not short external contacts, crush, puncture or otherwise tamper with batteries. Keep batteries away from children. Follow local regulations when disposing of used batteries. Precautions when replacing the battery Improper replacement or mishandling could damage the battery, cause overheating, result in injury, and risk fire or explosion. First things first - 9 Device with built-in battery: A built-in battery must be replaced by an authorized service center. Do not attempt to replace or remove the battery by yourself. Device with removable battery: The battery should only be replaced with parts approved by Acer. Do not replace the battery with any parts other than approved ones. This notebook uses a Lithium-based battery. Do not use it in a humid, wet or corrosive environment. Do not put, store or leave your product in or near a heat source, in a high temperature location, in strong direct sunlight, in a microwave oven or in a pressurized container, and do not expose it to temperatures over 50 C (122 F). Failure to follow these guidelines may cause the battery to leak acid, become hot, explode or ignite and cause injury and/or damage. Do not pierce, open or disassemble the battery. If the battery leaks and you come into contact with the leaked fluids, rinse thoroughly with water and seek medical attention immediately. For safety reasons, and to prolong the lifetime of the battery, charging will must not occur at temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 35 C (95 F). The full performance of a new battery is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times, but it will eventually wear out. When the operation time becomes noticeably shorter than normal, check an authorized reseller to purchase a new battery. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short-circuit the battery. Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object such as a coin, clip or pen causes direct connection of the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals of the battery. (These look like metal strips on the battery.) This might happen, for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting object. The capacity and lifetime of the battery will be reduced if the battery is left in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summer or winter. Always try to keep the battery between 15 C and 25 C (59 F and 77 F). A device with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is especially limited in temperatures well below freezing. 10 - First things first Do not dispose of batteries in a fire as they may explode. Batteries may also explode if damaged. Dispose of batteries according to local regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household waste. Wireless devices may be susceptible to interference from the battery, which could affect performance. Note Please refer to www.acer.com for battery shipping documents. Internal battery Do not attempt to replace a built-in rechargeable battery, battery replacement must be done by an Acer- authorized repair facility. Recharge the battery by following the instruction included in the product documentation. Your Acer notebook tour - 11 Y OU R A CER NOTEBOOK TOUR After setting up your computer as illustrated in the Setup Guide, let us show you around your new Acer computer. Screen view 1 2 3

1 2 3 Icon Item Microphones Description Internal digital microphones for sound recording. Camera Touchscreen Camera for video communication or taking photos. A light next to the webcam indicates that the webcam is active. Displays computer output, supports multi-touch input. 12 - Your Acer notebook tour Keyboard view 4 5 Icon Item Keyboard Description For entering data into your computer. See "Using the keyboard" on page 16. Fingerprint reader (optional) Fingerprint reader for Windows Hello and security. Touchpad Touch-sensitive pointing device. The touchpad and selection buttons form a single surface. Press down firmly on the touchpad surface to perform a left click. Press down firmly on the lower right corner to perform a right click. Power button Turns the computer on and off. Rechargeable active stylus

(optional) Remove the pen from the slot and perform touch actions on the screen. 1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 Left view Your Acer notebook tour - 13

1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Icon Item USB Type-C /

Thunderbolt 4 port HDMI port USB port with power-off charging Headset/

speaker jack Battery indicator Description Connects to the provided USB Type-

C power adapter and to USB devices with a USB Type-C connector. Supports Thunderbolt 4 and displays. Supports high-definition digital video connections. Connects to USB devices. Connects to audio devices (e.g., speakers, headphones) or a headset with microphone. Indicates the computers battery status. Charging: The light shows amber when the battery is charging. Fully charged: The light shows blue when in AC mode. Power indicator Indicates the computers power status. 14 - Your Acer notebook tour USB Type-C information Supports DisplayPort audio/video output. Compatible with Thunderbolt 4. Delivers up to 3 A at 5 V DC for USB charging. DC-in: requires power adapter or power source providing 65 W at 19~20 V. For optimal performance, please use a certified Acer power adapter or USB Power Delivery device. Right view 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 Icon Item Stylus slot Description Insert the stylus into the slot completely to start charging.

(Specifications vary depending on model.) MicroSD card reader Accepts one Secure Digital

(microSD) card. Only one card can operate at a time. USB port Connects to USB devices. Noble lock slot Connects to a Noble-compatible security lock. USB 3.2 Gen 2 information USB 3.2 Gen 2 compatible ports are blue. Compatible with USB 3.2 Gen 2 and earlier devices. For optimal performance, use USB 3.2 Gen 2-certified devices. Defined by the USB 3.2 Gen 2 specification (SuperSpeed USB). Rear view Your Acer notebook tour - 15 1

1 Icon Item Ventilation and cooling fan Description Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Base view 1 2 3

1 2 3 Icon Item Ventilation and cooling fan Description Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Speakers Deliver stereo audio output. Battery reset pinhole Simulates removing and reinstalling the battery. Insert a paperclip into the hole and press for four seconds. 16 - Using the keyboard U SING THE KEYBOARD The keyboard has full-sized keys, a numeric keypad, separate cursor, lock, Windows, special keys and hotkeys. Lock keys The keyboard has lock keys which you can use to turn keyboard functions on and off. Lock key Caps Lock Description When Caps Lock is on, all alphabetic characters typed are in uppercase. Special keys Your computers keyboard functions. The function of each key is clearly marked with an icon. includes keys that activate special Icon Function Description Speaker toggle Turns the speakers on and off. Volume down Decreases the sound volume. Volume up Increases the sound volume. Microphone toggle Turns the microphones on and off. Brightness down Decreases the screen brightness. Brightness up Increases the screen brightness. Display toggle Lock your computer Switches display output between the display screen, external monitor (if connected) and both. Locks your computer to secure your information. You can enter password to continue your work. Using the keyboard - 17 Icon Function Flight mode Description Turns on / off the computer's network devices. Touchpad toggle Turns the built-in touchpad on and off. Keyboard backlight control Adjusts keyboard backlight brightness.

(Function varies depending on configuration.) Snipping Tool Snips a rectangle, freeform, window or full screen to your clipboard. Hotkeys To activate hotkeys, press and hold the Fn key before pressing the other key in the hotkey combination. Hotkey Icon Function Description Fn + F1-F12 Function keys Activates the F1 to F12 keys. Fn + F Switches fan mode between Silent, Normal and Performance. For more information on how to achieve optimal cooling efficiency in different scenarios, please launch Acer Quick Access application. Fn +

prt sc Print Screen Take quick screen shots. Fn + delete ins Insert Turns Insert on or off. Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

home Home end End pg up Page up Scrolls to the beginning of a document. Scrolls to the end of a document. Scrolls up a page in a document. 18 - Using the keyboard Hotkey Icon Function Fn +

pg dn Page down Description Scrolls down a page in a document. Note To swap the hotkey and special function of the F1 to F12 keys, change the function key setting in the BIOS (to open the BIOS press F2 when starting your computer, then select the Main menu and change Function key behavior to Function keys).

(Specifications vary depending on model.) R ECHA RGEABLE A CTIVE S TYLUS Rechargeable Active Stylus - 19 A B C A. Eraser button Press and hold for eraser function in apps like OneNote. B. Right-click button Acts just like right-clicking a mouse. Press and hold to select text in apps like OneNote. C. Charge pin Insert the stylus into the slot completely to start charging. 15 seconds charging: provide more than 90 minutes of usage. 300 seconds charging: provide more than 100 minutes of usage. If you feel that the function is unstable, please insert the stylus into the slot to charge it. The pen will enter power-saving mode. Idle: After 10 minutes, press the tip or side button to wake the pen. Note Function may differ depending on apps 20 - The Windows OS Desktop T HE W INDOWS OS D ESKTOP 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Item Settings Start Search Task View Widgets Power Quick settings 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Description Changes the apps settings for your computer. Launches apps, through Pinned, Recommended, or All apps. Types in the texts to search on your computer and the Internet. Allows to switch between running applications and add the virtual desktop. Provides the weather, news, stocks, and sports information. Shut down, sleep or restart your computer. Displays the situation of network connection, battery level and sound setting. You can toggle quick actions to instantly adjust or open settings. Notification Displays the notifications and calendar. The Windows OS Desktop - 21 Tips and hints for using Windows We know this is a new operating system that will take some getting used to, so we've created a few pointers to help you get started. Where are my apps?

Move your cursor to the lower center of the screen and click search icon, start typing the name of the app you would like to open. How do I make an app appear on Start?

If you're in all apps list and you want to make an app appear on Start, right-click an app and select Pin to Start. How do I remove an app from Start?

Right-click an app to select it and select Unpin from Start to remove the app from Start. How do I make an app appear on my taskbar?

If you're in all apps list and you want to make an app appear on the taskbar, right-click an app and select More > Pin to taskbar. Can I turn off notifications?

Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button and select Settings > System > Notifications. From here you can enable/

disable notifications for all of your apps or choose which apps to enable/disable. How do I check for Windows updates?

Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button > Settings

> Windows Update. Select Advanced options to configure the settings. Where can I get more information?

For more information please visit the following pages:

Windows 11 information: support.microsoft.com/Windows Support FAQs: support.acer.com 22 - Using the Precision Touchpad U SING THE P RECISION T OUCHPAD

(or 'cursor') on the screen. As you The touchpad controls the arrow slide your finger across the touchpad, the cursor will follow this movement. The Precision Touchpad (PTP) is designed to provide a more uniform, smooth, and accurate touchpad experience. Many applications support precision touchpad gestures that use one or more fingers, however, some gestures may not be supported by the specific application or program you are using. Touchpad gestures Single-finger slide Slide a finger across the touchpad to move the cursor. Single-finger press or tap Press the touchpad down, or lightly tap the touchpad with your finger, to perform a 'click', which will select or start an item. Quickly repeat the tap to perform a double tap or

'double click'. Two-finger press Lightly tap the touchpad with two fingers to perform a

'right click'. In the Start screen, this will toggle the app commands. In most apps this will open a context menu related to the selected item. Two-finger slide Swiftly scroll through web pages, documents and playlists by placing two fingers on the touchpad and moving both in any direction. Two-finger pinch Zoom in and out of photos, maps and documents with a simple finger-and-thumb gesture. Using the Precision Touchpad - 23 Three-finger press Lightly tap the touchpad with three fingers to open the Search Windows. Three-finger swipe Swipe across the touchpad with three fingers. Swipe up to open Task View. Move the cursor over a window and tap the touchpad to select that window, or swipe downwards to exit Task View. Swipe down to minimize all open windows and show Desktop; swipe upwards to restore the minimized windows. Swipe left or right to switch between open windows. Four-finger press Lightly tap the touchpad with four fingers to open the Action Center. Four-finger swipe Swipe across the touchpad with four fingers. Swipe up to open Task View. Move the cursor over a window and tap the touchpad to select that window, or swipe downwards to exit Task View. Swipe down to minimize all open windows and show Desktop; swipe upwards to restore the minimized windows. The precision touchpad includes added technology features that help recognize and prevent unintentional gestures such as accidental taps, gestures, and pointer movement. Note The touchpad is sensitive to finger movement; the lighter the touch, the better the response. Please keep the touchpad and your fingers dry and clean. 24 - Using the Precision Touchpad Changing touchpad settings To change the touchpad settings to suit your personal requirements, please do the following. 1. In the icon tray in the lower right-hand corner of the screen, select the Network, Sound and Battery icon to open the Quick settings pane. 2. Select All settings. 3. Select Bluetooth & devices > Touchpad 4. Now you can adjust the settings to suit your personal needs. You can switch off the touchpad if you prefer to use a mouse. Or you can adjust the touchpad sensitivity to suit your needs. Scroll down to see more settings. R ECOVERY Recovery - 25 If you are having trouble with your computer, and the frequently asked questions (see Got a question? on page 66) do not help, you can recover your computer. This section describes the recovery tools available on your computer. Acer provides Acer Care Center, which allows you to reset your PC, refresh your PC, backup files/data or create a factory default backup. If you cannot access Acer Care Center, click Settings in the Start menu, select System and then click Recovery. Note Acer Care Center vary depending on model or Operating System. Creating a file history backup Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily back up your files and restore them if the originals are lost, damaged or deleted. 1. From Start, select Care Center in all apps list then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Backup tab and click Get started for Create backup to open the Backup window. 26 - Recovery 3. Click Set up syncing for OneDrive folder syncing to continue. 4. Make sure the folders that you want to back up are selected and click Start back up to continue. 5. You can select View sync progress to watch files sync until it completes. Recovery - 27 6. To open the OneDrive folder, double click OneDrive icon in the notification area. 28 - Recovery Creating a factory default backup Recovery Drive allows you to quickly and easily back up your operating system, installed apps and data. 1. From Start, select Windows Tools in all apps list then Recovery Drive. 2. Select Yes to open the Recovery Drive window. 3. Make sure Back up system files to the recovery drive is selected and click Next. 4. Plug in the USB drive and wait for the PC to detect the USB drive then click Next. Recovery - 29 5. Everything on the drive will be deleted. Click Create to continue. 6. You will be shown the backup progress on the screen. 7. Follow the process until it completes. 30 - Recovery 8. Unplug the USB drive and label it clearly. Important Write a unique, descriptive label on the backup, such as 'Windows Recovery Backup'. Make sure you keep the backup in a safe place that you will remember. Note Since the recovery backup requires at least 8 GB of storage after formatting, it is recommended to use a USB drive with a capacity of 16 GB or larger. Backing up your wireless and LAN drivers Back up your wireless and LAN drivers. You can use these backups to install the wireless and LAN drivers if you install another operating system. 1. From Start, select Care Center in all apps list then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Backup tab and click Get started for Backup wireless and LAN drivers. Choose a folder to save your drivers and select OK. 3. You will be shown the backup progress on the screen. Restoring your computer Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily restore your computer back to its default status. You can choose to keep your files or remove them before reinstalling Windows. Reset this PC and keep my files 1. From Start, select Care Center in all apps list then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Restore tab and click Get started to open the Recovery window. Recovery - 31 3. Click Reset PC to Choose an option. 32 - Recovery 4. Select Keep my files to refresh your PC and reinstall your operating system without removing your personal files. 5. Choose from the two options - Cloud download or Local reinstall to reinstall Windows. (Ensure you are connected to the internet when using Cloud download.) 6. Click Change settings to open the Choose settings options. Recovery - 33 7. Choose your settings options and follow the instructions on screen. Click Confirm then Next to continue. Important If you have apps installed on your PC, they will be removed. 34 - Recovery 8. Resetting the PC will reinstall Windows, change settings back to their factory defaults and remove all preinstalled apps and programs without removing your personal files. Click Reset to continue. This will take a while and your PC will restart. 9. You will be shown the reset progress on the screen. The screen will turn off during the reset process. 10.The screen will turn back on when it is installing Windows. Your PC will restart several times during the reset process. 11.Follow the process until it completes. 12.When your PC has completed the reset process, Windows will have been reset back to its factory default settings without removing your personal files. Reset this PC and remove everything 1. From Start, select Care Center in all apps list then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Restore tab and click Get Started to open the Recovery window. Recovery - 35 3. Click Reset PC to Choose an option. 36 - Recovery 4. Select Remove everything to reset your PC back to its factory default. 5. Choose from the two options - Cloud download or Local reinstall to reinstall Windows. (Ensure you are connected to the internet when using Cloud download.) 6. Click Change settings to open the Choose settings options. 7. Choose your settings options and follow the instructions on screen. Click Confirm then Next to continue. Recovery - 37 8. Click Reset to continue. 9. You will be shown the reset progress on the screen. The screen will turn off during the reset process. 10.The screen will turn back on when it is installing Windows. Your PC will restart several times during the reset process. 11.Follow the process until it completes. 12.When your PC has completed the reset process, Windows will use factory default settings. 38 - Using a Bluetooth connection U SIN G A B LUETOOTH CONNECTION Bluetooth is a technology enabling you to transfer data wirelessly over short distances between many different types of devices. Bluetooth-

enabled devices include computers, cell phones, tablets, wireless headsets, and keyboards. To use Bluetooth, you must ensure the following:

1. Bluetooth is enabled on both devices. 2. Your devices are "paired" (or connected). Enabling and disabling Bluetooth The Bluetooth adapter must be enabled on both devices. For your computer, this may be an external switch, a software setting, or a separate Bluetooth dongle plugged into the computers USB port (if no internal Bluetooth adapter is available). Note Please check your devices owners manual to determine how to turn on its Bluetooth adapter. Enable Bluetooth and add a device Every new device must first be "paired" with your computers Bluetooth adapter. This means it must first be authenticated for security purposes. You only need to pair once. After that, simply turning on the Bluetooth adapter of both devices will connect them. Bluetooth on your computer is disabled by default. To enable your computers Bluetooth adapter, do the following:

1. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button >

Settings > Bluetooth & devices, and click the toggle under Bluetooth to enable/disable it. 2. Click on Add device then select the device that you want to add. 3. Your computer will automatically start searching for devices, as well as make itself visible to other devices. 4. Select the device you wish to pair from the list of discovered devices. Using a Bluetooth connection - 39 5. After pairing, if there is a code displaying on the screen, enter that code on the device to proceed the connection. Note Some devices using older versions of the Bluetooth technology require both devices to enter a PIN. In the case of one of the devices not having any inputs

(as in a headset), the passcode is hardcoded into the device (usually "0000"

or "1234"). Consult your devices user manual for more information. You can also enter the Bluetooth settings by selecting the Network, Sound and Battery icon in the lower right-hand corner of the screen to open the Quick settings pane. From here, you can enable or disable Bluetooth or right-click on Bluetooth > Go to Settings to enter the Bluetooth settings. 40 - Connecting to the Internet C ON NECTING TO THE I NTE RNET This chapter includes general information on types of connections, and getting connected to the internet. For detailed information, please refer to Network connections on page 74. Your computers built-in network features make it easy for you to connect your computer to the internet. First though, in order to connect to the internet from home, youll need to sign up for internet services from an ISP (Internet Service Provider)

-- usually a phone or cable company -- that will have to go to your home or office to set up internet service. The ISP will install a small box, a router or modem, that will allow you to connect to the internet. Connecting to a wireless network Connecting to a wireless LAN A wireless LAN (or WLAN) is a wireless local area network, which can link two or more computers without using wires. Once connected to WLAN, you can access the internet. You can also share files, other devices, and even your internet connection itself. Your computer's wireless connection is turned on by default and Windows will detect and display a list of available networks during setup. Select your network and enter the password if required. Warning Using wireless devices while flying in aircraft may be prohibited. All wireless devices must be switched off before boarding an aircraft and during take-off, as they may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt communications, and even be illegal. You may turn on your computers wireless devices only when informed that it is safe to do so by the cabin crew. Acer computers feature a Flight mode hotkey that turns the network connection on or off. You can use the network management options to turn your wireless network on/off or control what is shared over the network. Connecting to the Internet - 41 To connect to a wireless network, please follow the steps below. 1. Ensure you have a wireless router/access point and current internet connection through the ISP of your choice. Make a note of the wireless networks name and password (if necessary). If you are trying to connect to a public network (such as at a coffeeshop), make sure you have the wireless networks name. Note Please refer to your ISP or router documentation for details on connecting to the internet. 2. Click Network icon in the notification area. 3. Select Manage WiFi connections. Note If Wi-Fi is turned off, please click Wi-Fi icon to turn it on. 42 - Connecting to the Internet 4. You will see a list of available wireless networks. Select the one you wish to use. 5. Once you select a wireless network, select Connect. 6. If required, enter the networks password. Connecting to the Internet - 43 44 - Bluelight Shield B LUELIGHT S HIELD The Bluelight Shield can be enabled to reduce blue-light emissions from the screen to protect your eyes. To configure the Bluelight Shield, search for Quick Access in the Start Menu. From here you can toggle Bluelight Shield on or off, and you can choose from four different modes to fit your needs:

No. 1 2 3 4 Item Low Reduction Medium Reduction High Reduction Description Reduces blue light emission from the LED backlit screen by 10% to 25% for basic protection. Reduces blue light emission from the LED backlit screen by 26% to 45% to protect your eyes. Reduces blue light emission from the LED backlit screen by 46% to 65% for maximum protection. Long Hour Mode Professionally tuned to reduce eye strain over an extended period of time. Note Specifications vary depending on model or Operating System. Keeping your computer and data safe... In this section you will find:

How to secure your computer Setting passwords What you need to prepare when youre traveling How to get the most out of your battery 46 - Securing your computer S ECURING YOUR COMPUTER Your computer is a valuable investment that you need to take care of. Learn how to protect and take care of your computer. Security features include hardware and software locks a security notch and passwords. Using a computer security lock The computer comes with a computer security slot for a security lock. Wrap a computer security lock cable around an immovable object such as a table or handle of a locked drawer. Insert the lock into the notch and turn the key to secure the lock. Some keyless models are also available. Using passwords Passwords protect your computer from unauthorized access. Setting these passwords creates several different levels of protection for your computer and data:

Supervisor Password prevents unauthorized entry into the BIOS utility. Once set, you must enter this password to gain access to the BIOS utility. See Setting passwords on page 52. User Password secures your computer against unauthorized use. Combine the use of this password with password checkpoints on boot-up and resume from Hibernation (if available) for maximum security. Password on Boot secures your computer against unauthorized use. Combine the use of this password with password checkpoints on boot-up and resume from Hibernation (if available) for maximum security. Important Do not forget your Supervisor Password! If you forget your password, please get in touch with your dealer or an authorized service center. Entering passwords Securing your computer - 47 When a password is set, a password prompt appears in the center of the display screen. When the Supervisor Password is set, a prompt appears when you enter the BIOS utility. Type the Supervisor Password and press Enter to access the BIOS utility. If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter. When the User Password is set and the password on boot parameter is enabled, a prompt appears at boot-up. Type the User Password and press Enter to use the computer. If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter. Important You have three chances to enter a password. If you fail to enter the password correctly after three tries, the system halts. Press and hold the power button for four seconds to shut down the computer. Then turn on the computer again, and try again. 48 - Fingerprint Reader F INGERPRINT R EADER In addition to using an account password or PIN to sign in to Windows apps and services, you can also use the fingerprint reader to sign-in and unlock your Acer notebook. In order to use the fingerprint reader, you must first configure the fingerprint reader to recognize your fingerprint to confirm your identity. How to use the fingerprint reader Select the Start button, then select Settings > Accounts > Sign-in options to set up Windows Hello. 1. In Fingerprint recognition (Windows Hello), select Set up to configure the fingerprint reader. 2. In the Windows Hello setup window, select Get started to begin the fingerprint configuration. Fingerprint Reader - 49 3. Enter your PIN to confirm your identity. 50 - Fingerprint Reader 4. When the Windows Hello setup window appears, follow the onscreen directions. Press and hold your finger on the fingerprint sensor and fingerprint configuration is complete. this step until lift. Repeat then the 5. Once the fingerprint configuration is complete, you will be able to sign in or unlock your computer by placing your fingerprint on the fingerprint reader. You may select Add another finger to add another fingerprint to unlock the computer. Fingerprint Reader - 51 Note If the notebook has multiple accounts, you can set up access separately and automatically switch between accounts. 52 - BIOS utility BI OS UTILITY The BIOS utility is a hardware configuration program built into your computer's BIOS. Your computer is already properly configured and optimized, and you do not normally need to run this utility. However, if you encounter configuration problems, you may need to run it. To activate the BIOS utility, press F2 while the computer logo is being displayed. Boot sequence To set the boot sequence in the BIOS utility, activate the BIOS utility, then select Boot from the categories listed on the top of the screen. Setting passwords To set a password on boot, activate the BIOS utility, then select Security from the categories listed on the top of the screen. Find Set Supervisor Password and enter a password to enable this feature. Once you have entered a password for this feature, you may then enable/disable Password on Boot. Remember to select F10 to properly save and exit the BIOS utility when you are done making changes. P OWER MANAGEMENT Power management - 53 This computer has a built-in power management unit that monitors system activity. System activity refers to any activity involving one or more of following devices: keyboard, mouse, hard disk, peripherals connected to the computer, and video memory. If no activity is detected for a period of time, the computer stops some or all of these devices in order to conserve energy. the Saving power Disable Fast startup Your computer uses Fast startup to start quickly, but also uses a small amount of power to check for signals to start. These checks will slowly drain your computers battery. If you prefer to reduce your computers power requirements and environmental impact, turn off Fast startup:

Note If Fast startup is off, your computer will take longer to start from Sleep. Your computer will also not start if it receives an instruction to start over a network (Wake on LAN). 1. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button then search for "Choose a power plan". 2. Select Choose what the power buttons do. 54 - Power management 3. Select Change settings that are currently unavailable. 4. Scroll down and disable Turn on fast start-up. 5. Select Save changes. B ATTERY PACK Battery pack - 55 The computer uses an embedded Lithium battery that gives you long use between charges. Battery characteristics The battery is recharged whenever you connect the computer to the AC adapter. Your computer supports charge-in-use, enabling you to recharge the battery while you continue to operate the computer. However, recharging with the computer turned off significantly reduces charge time. The battery will come in handy when you travel or during a power failure. Charging the battery Plug the AC adapter into the computer, and connect to a mains power outlet. Note You are advised to charge the battery before retiring for the day. Charging the battery overnight before traveling enables you to start the next day with a fully charged battery. Conditioning a new battery pack Before you use a battery pack for the first time, there is a conditioning process that you should follow:

1. Connect the AC adapter and fully charge the battery. 2. Turn on the computer and complete setting up the operating system. 3. Disconnect the AC adapter. 4. Operate the computer using battery power. 5. Fully deplete the battery until the battery-low warning appears. 6. Reconnect the AC adapter and fully charge the battery again. Follow these steps again until the battery has been charged and discharged three times. 56 - Battery pack Use this conditioning process for all new batteries, or if a battery hasn't been used for a long time. Warning Do not expose battery packs to temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 45 C (113 F). Extreme temperatures may adversely affect the battery pack. The battery conditioning process ensures your battery accepts the maximum possible charge. Failure to follow this procedure will prevent you from obtaining the maximum battery charge, and will also shorten the effective lifespan of the battery. In addition, the useful lifespan of the battery is adversely affected by the following usage patterns:

Using the computer on constant AC power. Not discharging and recharging the battery to its extremes, as described above. Frequent use; the more you use the battery, the faster it will reach the end of its effective life. An embedded battery has a life span of more than 1,000 charge/discharge cycles. Optimizing battery life Optimizing battery life helps you get the most out of battery operation, prolonging the charge/recharge cycle and improving recharging efficiency. You are advised to follow the suggestions set out below:

Use AC power whenever possible, reserving battery for mobile use. Remove accessories that are not being used (e.g. a USB disk drive), as they can continue to draw power. Store your PC in a cool, dry place. The recommended temperature is 10 C (50 F) to 30 C (86 F). Higher temperatures cause the battery to self-discharge faster. Excessive recharging decreases the battery life. Look after your AC adapter and battery. Battery pack - 57 Checking the battery level The power meter indicates the current battery level. Rest the cursor over the battery/power icon on the taskbar to see the battery's present charge level. Battery-low warning When using battery power pay attention to the power meter. Important Connect the AC adapter as soon as possible after the battery-low warning appears. Data may be lost if the battery is allowed to become fully depleted and the computer shuts down. When the battery-low warning appears, the recommended course of action depends on your situation:

Situation The AC adapter and a power outlet are available. The AC adapter or a power outlet is unavailable. Recommended Action 1. Plug the AC adapter into the computer, and then connect to the main power supply. 2. Save all necessary files. 3. Resume work. Turn off the computer if you want to recharge the battery rapidly. 1. Save all necessary files. 2. Close all applications. 3. Turn off the computer. 58 - Traveling with your computer T RAVE LING WITH YOUR COMPUTER This section gives you tips and hints to consider when moving around or traveling with your computer. Disconnecting from the desktop Follow these steps to disconnect your computer from external accessories:

1. Save any open files. 2. Remove discs from optical drive. 3. Shut down the computer or put it into Sleep or Hibernate mode. 4. Close the display cover. 5. Disconnect the cord from the AC adapter. 6. Disconnect the keyboard, pointing device, printer, external monitor and other external devices. 7. Disconnect the Kensington / Noble lock if you are using one to secure the computer. Note Specifications vary depending on model. Moving around When you are just moving within short distances, for example, from your office desk to a meeting room. Before moving the computer, close and latch the display cover to place it in Sleep mode. You can now safely take the computer anywhere you go within the building. If you are moving within a larger distance, you may choose to shut down the computer. Note The computer may enter Hibernation or Deep Sleep mode after being in Sleep mode for a period of time. What to bring Traveling with your computer - 59 When you are just moving within short distances, you probably do not need to bring anything with you other than your computer. If your battery is not fully charged, you may want to bring the AC adapter with you to plug in your computer. If you cannot find an electrical outlet, reduce the drain on the battery by putting the computer in Sleep mode. Press the Sleep hotkey or close the display cover whenever you are not actively using the computer. When you are moving within a larger distance, for instance, traveling locally or internationally, after shutting down the computer and disconnecting any external devices, pack the computer in a protective case that can prevent the computer from sliding around and cushion it if it should fall. Ports and connectors... In this section you will find:

Information on the ports and connectors fitted to your computer Universal Serial Bus (USB) - 61 U NI VER SAL S ERIAL B US (US B ) The USB port is a high-speed port which allows you to connect USB peripherals, such as a mouse, an external keyboard, additional storage (external hard disks), or any other compatible device. Note Two USB standards are currently available on Acer computers: USB 2.0

(High-speed USB) and USB 3.2 Gen 1/Gen 2 (SuperSpeed USB). USB 2.0 ports on Acer computers have a black tongue in the port, while USB 3.2 Gen 1/Gen 2 ports have a blue tongue. For best performance, USB 3.2 Gen 1/Gen 2 devices should always be plugged into USB 3.2 Gen 1/Gen 2 ports. Consult your devices documentation to see which standard it supports. You can also charge devices such as tablets, smartphones, or other devices through a USB port. Some USB 3.2 Gen 1/Gen 2 ports support charging devices when the computer is in Hibernate or turned off. Additionally, you can use a USB hub to connect multiple devices to a single USB port. Important When removing a USB storage device, you should right-click on the USB icon in the Windows task bar and select "Eject <device>" to tell the operating system to stop using the device before removing it. Failure to do this may result in data loss or damage to your peripheral. 62 - Thunderbolt 4 port T HUNDERBOLT 4 PORT A Thunderbolt 4 port allows you to easily connect devices with a Type-C connector to your computer, such as additional storage

(e.g. an external drive), displays, or any other compatible device. Up to six devices, including displays, can be connected in series to a single Thunderbolt port. The Thunderbolt connection uses a USB Type-C port and is compatible with Thunderbolt, USB, DisplayPort and power on USB-C devices. The Type-C port is reversable; connectors may be inserted with either side up. Displays Up to two 4K displays with can be connected to a single Thunderbolt 4 port. If an adapter is used, DisplayPort or compatible devices, including HDMI, DVI or VGA, can be used. Note Thunderbolt 4 ports support transfer speeds up to 40 Gbps, and USB devices with a Type-C connector at lower speeds (typically up to 10 Gbps). Other USB or older Thunderbolt devices with a USB Type-C connector (or adapter) are supported, but transfer speeds may be reduced and certain functions may be disabled (such as Thunderbolt display support). Important When removing a USB storage device, you should right-click on the USB icon in the Windows task bar and select "Eject <device>" to tell the operating system to stop using the device before removing it. Failure to do this may result in data loss or damage to your peripheral. SD card reader - 63 S D CARD READER SD (Secure Digital) cards are used in a wide selection of digital cameras, tablets, media players and cellular phones. Inserting an SD card 1. Align the card so that the connector points towards the port, with the connectors facing down. 2. Carefully slide the card into the port. If you find you need to use any force to insert the card, try reorientating the card slightly. 3. Push the card until it clicks into place. A few millimetres of the card will extend from beyond the slot. If the card contains some files, the Windows AutoPlay window may appear (this depends on the contents of the card) and ask you if you wish to use a program to access the contents of the card. Important When removing an SD card, you should right-click on the USB icon in the Windows task bar and select "Eject <card name>" to tell the operating system to stop using the device before removing it. Failure to do this may result in data loss or damage to your peripheral. SD, SDHC and SDXC cards Different types of SD cards cover different capacities, while using the same overall design. SD cards contain up to 4 GB; SDHC cards contain up to 32 GB; and SDXC cards can contain up to 2048 GB

(2 TB). Your computer provides an SDHC or SDXC compatible card reader. Note SDXC memory cards can only be used in an SDXC-compatible reader; SD and SDHC cards can be used in either type. 64 - Video and audio connectors V IDEO AND AUDIO CONNECTORS Add an external monitor to your computer via a video port. The type of port available depends on your computers configuration. Connecting a monitor 1. Check that the computer is powered off and the monitor power switch is turned off. 2. Attach the video cable to the monitor port on the computer. 3. Connect the monitor power cable and plug it into a properly grounded wall outlet. 4. Follow any setup instructions in the monitor's user's guide. 5. Turn on power to the monitor, then the computer. 6. The correct resolution and refresh rate should be detected automatically. If necessary, change the display settings used by the computer. Note To access the display controls, right-click anywhere on the desktop and select Display settings. Headphones and microphone One or more 3.5 mm jacks on your computer allow you to connect audio devices. Use the headphone port to plug in stereo headphones or powered speakers; connecting an audio device to the headphone port disables the built-in speakers. Use connecting a microphone disables the built-in microphone. to connect an external microphone;

the microphone port Note Some computers have a single "combo" port that allows you to use single-pin headsets with a built-in microphone. These headsets are most commonly used with smartphones. HD M I HDMI - 65 HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) is a high-quality, digital audio/video interface. HDMI allows you to connect any compatible digital audio/video source, such as your computer, a set-top box, DVD player, and audio/video receiver to any compatible digital audio and/or video monitor, such as a digital television (DTV) with a single cable. The single cable keeps everything neat and tidy while ensuring easy connection and the best audio and visual quality. Got a question?

In this section you will find:

Frequently asked questions Troubleshooting information How to protect yourself while online Where to find Acer service center contact information Frequently asked questions - 67 F REQ UENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS The following is a list of possible situations that may arise during the use of your computer. Easy solutions are provided for each one. I turned on the power, but the computer does not start or boot up. Check if power is being supplied to the computer (if your computer has a power indicator, it will be off); if there is no power, check the following:

If you are using on the battery, it may be low and unable to power the computer. Connect the AC adapter to recharge the battery pack. You may need to wait a few minutes before trying to turn your computer on again. Make sure that the AC adapter is properly plugged into the computer and to the power outlet. If power is being supplied to the computer, check the following:

Do you have a USB storage device (USB drive, CD drive or smartphone) plugged into your computer? Unplug it and press Ctrl

+ Alt + Del to restart the system. Nothing appears on the screen. The computers power management system automatically blanks the screen to save power. Press any key to turn the display back on. If pressing a key does not turn the display back on, three things might be the cause:

The brightness level might be too low. Use the Brightness up hotkey to adjust the brightness level. The display device might be set to an external monitor. Press the display toggle hotkey to toggle the display back to the computer. The computer may be in Sleep or Hibernate mode (if there is a power LED, it will flash). Press and release the power button to resume. No audio is heard from the computer. Check the following:

The volume may be muted. Look at the volume control (speaker) 68 - Frequently asked questions icon in the taskbar. If it is crossed-out, click the icon and drag the slider to the right to increase the volume. The volume level may be too low. Check the volume from the volume control (speaker) icon in the taskbar. You can also use the volume control hotkeys to adjust the volume. If headphones, earphones or external speakers are connected to the headphone jack on the computer, the internal speakers automatically turn off. The keyboard does not respond. Try attaching an external keyboard to a USB port on the computer. If it works, contact your dealer or an authorized service center as the internal keyboard cable may be loose. The printer does not work. Make sure that the printer is connected to a power outlet and that it is turned on. Make sure that the printer cable is connected securely to a USB port and the corresponding port on the printer. I want to restore my computer to its original settings. Note If your system is the multilingual version, the operating system and language you choose when you first turn on the system will be the only option for future recovery operations. This recovery process helps you restore the C: drive with the original software content that is installed when you purchased your computer. Warning Your C: drive will be reformatted and all data will be erased. It is important to back up all data files before using this option. Before performing a restore operation, please check the BIOS settings. 1. If there is a D2D Recovery setting in Main, make sure it is Enabled. 2. Exit the BIOS utility and save changes. The system will reboot. Frequently asked questions - 69 Note To access the BIOS utility, press F2 when you see the Acer logo during boot up. For more information, see Restoring your computer on page 30. Requesting service International Travelers Warranty (ITW) Your computer is backed by an International Travelers Warranty

(ITW) that gives you security and peace of mind when traveling. An ITW passport came with your computer and contains all you need to know about the ITW program. A list of available, authorized service centers is in this handy booklet. Read this passport thoroughly. Always have your ITW passport on hand, especially when you travel, to receive the benefits from our support centers. Attach your proof-of-

purchase to the ITW passport. If the country you are traveling in does not have an Acer-authorized ITW service site, you can still get in contact with our offices worldwide. Please visit www.acer.com. Before you call Please have the following information available when you call Acer for online service, and please be at your computer when you call. With your support, we can reduce the amount of time a call takes and help solve your problems efficiently. If there are error messages or beeps reported by your computer, write them down as they appear on the screen (or the number and sequence in the case of beeps). You are required to provide the following information:

Name:

Address:

Telephone number:

Machine and model type:

Serial number:

Date of purchase:

Fr e qu e n tl y a s k ed qu e s ti on s 70 - Frequently asked questions Troubleshooting This chapter shows you how to deal with common system problems. Read it before calling a technician if a problem occurs. Solutions to more serious problems require opening up the computer. Do not attempt to open the computer yourself; contact your dealer or authorized service center for assistance. Troubleshooting tips incorporates an advanced design that delivers This computer onscreen error message reports to help you solve problems. If the system reports an error message or an error symptom occurs, see "Error messages" below. If the problem cannot be resolved, contact your dealer. Error messages If you receive an error message, note the message and take the corrective action. The following table lists the error messages in alphabetical order together with the recommended course of action. Error messages CMOS battery bad Corrective action Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. CMOS checksum error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Disk boot failure Equipment configuration error Insert a system (bootable) disk, then press Enter to reboot. Press F2 (during POST) to enter the BIOS utility, then press Exit in the BIOS utility to reboot. Hard disk 0 error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Hard disk 0 extended type error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Frequently asked questions - 71 Error messages I/O parity error Corrective action Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Keyboard error or no keyboard connected Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Keyboard interface error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Memory size mismatch Press F2 (during POST) to enter the BIOS utility, then press Exit in the BIOS utility to reboot. If you still encounter problems after going through the corrective measures, please contact your dealer or an authorized service center for assistance. 72 - Internet and online security I NTERN ET AND ONLINE SECURITY First steps on the net Protecting your computer It is vital to protect your computer from viruses and attacks over the internet (see Internet security software on page 76). A comprehensive internet security program is offered when you first start your computer. You should activate this protection as soon as possible, certainly before you connect to the internet. Choose an Internet Service Provider Using the internet has become a natural part of daily computing. Just a few simple steps can connect you to a vast collection of knowledge and communication tools. To accomplish these steps you should first select an Internet Service Provider (ISP), which supplies the connection between your computer and the internet. You should research the ISPs available in your region, not forgetting to talk to friends and family about their experiences or to check reviews and consumer reports. The ISP you select will provide instructions on how to connect to the internet (you may need additional software or a special box that connects to your phone line). Connection types Depending on your computer model, your location and your communication needs, you have several ways to connect to the internet. Dial-up Some computers include a telephone dial-up (modem) connector. This allows you to connect to the internet using your telephone line. With a dial-up connection, you cannot use the modem and the telephone simultaneously on a single phone line. This type of connection is recommended only if you have limited use of the internet as the connection speed is low and connection time is typically charged per hour. Internet and online security - 73 DSL (e.g. ADSL) DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) is an always-on connection that runs over the phone line. As DSL and phone do not use the same frequencies, you can use your telephone at the same time you are connected to the internet (this requires a micro-filter on each telephone socket to avoid interference). To be eligible for DSL, you must be located near an DSL-equipped phone exchange (service is sometimes unavailable in rural areas). Connection speeds vary depending on your location, but DSL generally provides very fast and reliable internet connection. As the connection is always-on, it is generally charged at fixed monthly rates. Note A DSL connection requires an appropriate modem. A modem is usually provided by the ISP when you register. Many of these modems include an router that provides network and Wi-Fi access. Cable A cable connection provides fast and always-on internet service via a cable television line. This service is generally available in large cities. You can use your telephone and watch cable TV at the same time you are connected to the internet. Cellular A cellular connection allows you to use cellular networks (such as those used by a mobile phone) to connect to the internet while away from home. The socket for a SIM card may be built in to your computer, or may require an external device, such as a USB modem or even an appropriately equipped mobile phone. Note If your computer includes a SIM card slot, you require a compatible SIM card and a contract with a cellular provider. Before using the cellular features, check with your service provider to see if any additional charges will be incurred, especially roaming charges. 74 - Internet and online security Network connections A LAN (Local Area Network) is a group of computers (for example, that share a common within an office building or home) communications line and resources. When you set up a network, you can share files, peripheral devices (such as a printer) and an internet connection. You can set up a LAN using wired technologies (such as Ethernet) or wireless technologies (such as Wi-Fi or Bluetooth). Wireless networks A wireless LAN or WLAN is a wireless local area network, which may link two or more computers without using wires. Setting up a wireless network is easy and allows you to share files, peripheral devices and an internet connection. What are benefits of a wireless network?

Mobility Wireless LAN systems allow you and other users of your home network to share access to files and devices connected to the network, for example a printer or scanner. Also you can share an internet connection with other computers in your home. Installation speed and simplicity Installing a wireless LAN system can be fast and easy and eliminates the need to pull cables through walls and ceilings. Components of a wireless LAN To set up your Wireless network at home you need to have the following:

Access point (router) Access points (routers) are two-way transceivers that broadcast data into the surrounding environment. Access points act as a mediator between wired and wireless network. Most routers have a built-in DSL modem that will allow you access to a high speed DSL internet connection. The ISP (Internet Service Provider) you have chosen normally supplies a modem/router with the subscription to their Internet and online security - 75 services. Read carefully the documentation supplied with your Access point/router for detailed setup instructions. Network cable (RJ45) A network cable (also called RJ45 cable) is used to connect the host computer to the access point (see illustration below); this type of cable may also be used to connect peripheral devices to the access point. Wireless adapter Most computers feature a wireless module and Wi-Fi button that turns the network connection on or off. You may also turn your wireless network on or off, or control what is shared over the network with the network management options. Warning Using wireless devices while flying in aircraft may be prohibited. Switch off all devices before boarding an aircraft; they may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt communications, and even be illegal. After take off, ask the cabin crew if you may enable Wi-Fi. Surf the Net!

To surf the internet, you need a program called an internet browser. Microsoft Edge provides an easy and secure web browsing experience. As soon as you have your internet access installed and you are connected, from the Start Menu, click the Microsoft Edge app or the icon located in the taskbar and take your internet experience to a new level!

Acer website To get you started why not visit our website, www.acer.com. Acer is dedicated to provide you with on-going personalized support. Check out our Support section to get help tailored to your needs. www.acer.com is your portal to a world of online activities and services: visit us regularly for the latest information and downloads!

76 - Internet and online security Internet security software To help you stay ahead of cybercriminals, Acer has partnered with Norton to offer you security for all your devices. Select Acer computers include protection by Norton Security Norton Security is pre-installed on select Acer computers, protecting your identity and financial data from viruses, spyware, malware and other online threats. Learn more about how to stay safe online and how to stay protected after your introductory subscription ends. Note Specifications vary depending on model or Operating System. Staying ahead of cybercriminals Stay ahead of hackers and cybercriminals by understanding the tactics they use to access your private data. Ensure your software is up to date Cybercriminals rely heavily upon software or platform vulnerabilities, as they are the easiest way to sneak malware into a user's device unnoticed, sometimes with little action on the user's part. Immediately after a software manufacturer announces an update, hackers are ready with malware that can breach holes in the software that would have been patched if the update was installed. How to stay safe: Perform any and all software updates as soon as they are available. Keep a lookout for fake or phishing emails Beware of emails that appear to be from a friend or business colleague that you know but seem a little odd. Maybe they didn't capitalize your name or there are misspellings. The email might be from cybercriminals who are trying to fool you into sending them your credit card number, social security number, or logging into a fake bank website that looks like yours but really isn't. How to stay safe: Use a strong antispam filter. If an email looks strange, don't click on anything and delete it immediately. Instead manually launch a browser and type in your bank's website address and log-in yourself. Internet and online security - 77 Don't be fooled if someone calls your phone A tech support scam is a form of online fraud where people call you on the phone saying they're Technical Support from a trusted company like Norton or Microsoft and that you have a virus. The main motive behind these scams is to extort money from the victim. Cybercriminals can also install malware such as keylogging software or backdoor Trojans in order to gain access to personal information. How to stay safe: Don't fall for phone calls that tell you your software or computer isn't working. Never give your personal information like social security or credit card numbers to someone that you don't know over the phone. Common threats cybercriminals use Now you know a few very common ways cybercriminals try to sneak onto your device or trick you into providing private information to them directly. Here are a few of the types of malware they like to deploy once they've got into a device and what to do if you're ever infected. Ransomware A form of malware that will encrypt personal data files on your computer and attached devices. Encryption converts files into another format, that can only be opened with a specific decryption key. Once the ransomware installs itself, it will display a warning message that the computer is now locked. The user is given a specific amount of money to pay as a "fine" and a timeframe in which to pay. Even if paid, the criminal might choose to not unencrypt the files anyway!

What to do if you're infected: Avoid getting infected in the first place by staying protected with internet security software like Norton Security. Also, perform regular backups of all your data either online or to a separate external hard drive that is only attached to your computer while performing the backup. Ransomware has been known to lock access to external hard drives attached to the computer. If you are infected with ransomware, think twice before you pay the ransom. There is no guarantee the cybercriminal will unlock your files and you'll be funding them to prey upon another innocent victim. 78 - Internet and online security Botnets A botnet is a string of infected, connected computers coordinated together to perform a task. Botnets gain access to your machine through some piece of malicious coding. Once the software is downloaded, the botnet will now contact its master computer and let it know that everything is ready to go. Now your computer, phone, tablet, or IoT device is entirely under the control of the person who created the botnet. Most people who are infected with botnets aren't even aware that their computer's security has become compromised!

What to do if you're infected: If you're infected you probably don't realize it as bots are notoriously quiet. Your Internet Service Provider might send you a notification alerting you that they found a threat on your network and that you need to remove the bot. If you have a bot, use internet security software like Norton Security to scan all of your devices. Viruses/Malware

"Virus" is the commonplace word for all malicious software programs for years now; however, a virus is just one type of malicious threat. A virus is classified as a self-replicating piece of malicious code that travels by inserting itself into files or programs. What to do if you're infected: Take steps to avoid infection by staying protected with internet security software like Norton Security. If you subscribed to Norton Security and think you may have a virus, contact Norton's on-call technicians to help eliminate the virus. Take special precautions when using public Wi-Fi Public Wi-Fi is available just about everywhere, from the local coffee shop to the hotels and airports you visit while traveling. While public Wi-Fi has made our lives a little easier, it also poses security risks to the personal information available on our laptops and smartphones. A virtual private network (VPN) gives you online privacy and anonymity by creating a private network from a public internet connection. VPNs mask your internet protocol (IP) address so your online actions are virtually untraceable as well as secure. One of the biggest security risks on public Wi-Fi are man-in-the-middle attacks (MITM). These attacks are akin to eavesdropping. Data is sent from point A

(computer) to point B (server/website), and an attacker can get in-

Internet and online security - 79 between these transmissions. They then set up tools programmed to

"listen in" on transmissions, intercept data that is specifically targeted as valuable, and capture the data, such as your login credentials and passwords. Use a virtual private network (VPN) to ensure your privacy and anonymity are protected when you use public Wi-Fi. VPN services can encrypt all the data that you send and receive while using a public Wi-Fi hotspot, securing your information from hackers and other users of the same connection. For more tips on how to stay safe Good security habits can reduce your exposure to online crime. By adopting a few basic behaviors, you can make big strides in reducing cybercrime risk:

Protect your accounts with strong, unique passwords that use a combination of at least 10 uppercase and lowercase letters, symbols and numbers. Don't click on random links or open unsolicited messages and attachments-particularly from people you don't know. Don't access any personal information or social media accounts over unprotected Wi-Fi networks. Use security software on your devices to help protect yourself from the latest threats. Protect your computer with Windows security tools Windows provides a variety of protection applications. Windows Updates If you have an active internet connection, Windows can check for important updates for your computer and install them automatically. These updates include security patches and program updates that can improve your computing experience and help protect your computer against new viruses and attacks. How do I know when my computer is at risk?

If the Action Center reports an alert, or if your computer behaves erratically, crashes unexpectedly or if some of your programs do not work correctly, your computer may be infected by malicious software. 80 - Internet and online security However, do not blame every computer problem on a virus! If you suspect your computer is infected, the first thing to do is update, if you have not already done so, and run your antivirus and anti-spyware software.

USERS MANUAL 2 -

2021. All Rights Reserved. ConceptD 3 / ConceptD 3 Pro This revision: August 2021 Covers: CN314-73G / CN314-73P / CN316-73G / CN316-73P Important This manual contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright laws. The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Some features described in this manual may not be supported depending on the Operating System version. Images provided herein are for reference only and may contain information or features that do not apply to your computer. Acer Group shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained in this manual. Register your ConceptD product If your new device runs on Windows OS, you may have had your product registered automatically while you start up your device with Windows OS. Log in at www.acer.com/myproducts with the email address you registered for Windows OS to review your product record. (Reset your password if you do not know it.) If the record is not found, please follow the steps below to register. 1. Ensure you are connected to the Internet. 2. Go to www.acer.com/register-product. 3. Sign in or sign up for an Acer ID. 4. Enter S/N or SNID of your device to register it. Model number: _________________________________ Serial number: _________________________________ Date of purchase: ______________________________ Place of purchase: ______________________________ The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing Administrator, Inc. in the United States and other countries. T A B LE OF CON TENTS Table of contents - 3 6 First things first Your guides ............................................. 6 Basic care and tips for using your computer.................................................. 6 Turning your computer off........................... 6 Taking care of your computer ..................... 7 Taking care of your AC adapter .................. 8 Cleaning and servicing................................ 8 Guidelines for safe battery usage ............... 8 Internal battery....................................... 11 Your ConceptD notebook tour 12 Screen view ........................................... 12 Keyboard view ....................................... 13 Left view ................................................ 14 USB Type-C information ........................... 14 Right view ............................................. 15 USB 3.2 Gen 2 information ....................... 15 Rear view............................................... 16 Base view .............................................. 16 Using the keyboard 18 Lock keys............................................... 18 Special keys .......................................... 18 Hotkeys.................................................. 19 20 The Windows OS Desktop Tips and hints for using Windows.......... 21 Where are my apps?................................. 21 Can I turn off notifications? ....................... 21 How do I check for Windows updates?..... 21 Where can I get more information?........... 21 Using the Precision Touchpad 22 Touchpad gestures................................ 22 Changing touchpad settings .................. 24 25 Recovery Creating a file history backup ................ 25 Backing up your wireless and LAN drivers.................................................... 28 Restoring your computer ....................... 28 Reset this PC and keep my files............... 28 Reset this PC and remove everything ...... 32 Using a Bluetooth connection 35 Enabling and disabling Bluetooth .......... 35 Enable Bluetooth and add a device .......... 35 Connecting to the Internet 37 Connecting to a wireless network.......... 37 Connecting to a wireless LAN................... 37 Connecting with a cable ........................ 41 Built-in network feature ............................. 41 ConceptD Palette 42 The ConceptD Palette main screen....... 42 Color profile setting ................................... 42 TrueHarmony setting ................................ 44 Monitoring .............................................. 44 Split Screen ........................................... 45 App Center............................................. 45 Advanced Settings................................. 46 Adjust ConceptD Key................................ 46 Enable PrtScn Key to launch Screen Snip tool ............................................................ 47 Manage the copied items in Clipboard...... 48 Color Picker .............................................. 49 On-screen Keyboard Shortcuts................. 50 Set color profile on ConceptD monitor... 51 Sync up the color profile ........................... 51 Change the color profile............................ 51 53 Bluelight Shield Securing your computer 55 Using a computer security lock.............. 55 Using passwords ................................... 55 Entering passwords .................................. 56 Fingerprint Reader 57 How to use the fingerprint reader .......... 57 61 BIOS utility Boot sequence....................................... 61 Setting passwords ................................. 61 Power management 62 Saving power ......................................... 62 64 Battery pack Battery characteristics ........................... 64 Charging the battery ................................. 64 Optimizing battery life ............................... 65 Checking the battery level......................... 66 Battery-low warning .................................. 66 Traveling with your computer 67 Disconnecting from the desktop ............ 67 Moving around ....................................... 67 What to bring............................................. 68 70 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Thunderbolt 4 port 71 Displays ................................................. 71 Video and audio connectors 72 Connecting a monitor............................. 72 Headphones and microphone................ 72 73 HDMI Frequently asked questions 75 Requesting service ................................ 77 Troubleshooting ..................................... 78 Troubleshooting tips.................................. 78 Error messages......................................... 78 4 - Table of contents Internet and online security 80 First steps on the net ............................. 80 Protecting your computer.......................... 80 Choose an Internet Service Provider ........ 80 Network connections................................. 82 Surf the Net!.............................................. 83 Internet security software.......................... 84 Getting started... In this section you will find:

Useful information on caring for your computer and your health Where to find the power button, ports and connectors Windows 11 interface overview Tips and tricks for using the touchpad and keyboard How to create recovery backups Guidelines for connecting to a network and using Bluetooth Information on using ConceptDs bundled software 6 - First things first F I RS T THIN G S FIRST We would like to thank you for making this ConceptD notebook your choice for meeting your mobile computing needs. Your guides To help you use your ConceptD notebook, we have designed a set of guides:

First off, the Setup Guide helps you get started with setting up your computer and introduces the basic features and functions of your new computer. For more on how your computer can help you to be more productive, please refer to the Users Manual. This guide contains detailed information on such subjects as system utilities, data recovery, expansion options and troubleshooting. Once you have connected to the internet, you can download updates for your computer from:

http://go.acer.com/support 1. The link will open the ConceptD Support webpage. 2. Scroll down to Drivers and Manuals and search for your model by pasting in or manually entering the serial number, SNID, or product model. 3. From this page you can also download and install the ConceptD identification utility that will automatically detect your computers serial number and SNID and allow you to copy it to the clipboard. 4. Once you have found your product model, any updates, or documents will be listed. Basic care and tips for using your computer Turning your computer off To turn the power off, do any of the following:

Use the Windows shutdown command: Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button, select Power > Shut down. First things first - 7 Right-click the Windows Start button > Shut down or sign out >

Shut down. If you need to power down the computer for a short while, but dont want to completely shut it down, you can put it to Sleep by doing any of the following:

Press the power button. Press the sleep hotkey. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button, select Right-click the Windows Start button > Shut down or sign out >

Power > Sleep. Sleep. Note If you cannot power off the computer normally, press and hold the power button for up to ten seconds to shut down the computer. If you turn off the computer and want to turn it on again, wait at least two seconds before powering up. Taking care of your computer Your computer will serve you well if you take care of it. Only use the adapter provided with your device, or an Acer-

approved adapter to power your device. Do not expose the computer to direct sunlight. Do not place it near sources of heat, such as a radiator. Do not expose the computer to temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 50 C (122 F). Do not subject the computer to magnetic fields. Do not expose the computer to rain or moisture. Do not spill water or any liquid on the computer. Do not subject the computer to heavy shock or vibration. Do not expose the computer to dust or dirt. Never place objects on top of the computer. Do not slam the computer display when you close it. Never place the computer on uneven surfaces. 8 - First things first Taking care of your AC adapter Here are some ways to take care of your AC adapter:

Do not connect the adapter to any other device. Do not step on the power cord or place heavy objects on top of it. Route the power cord and any cables away from where people walk. When unplugging the power cord, do not pull on the cord itself but pull on the plug. The total ampere ratings of the equipment plugged in should not exceed the ampere rating of the cord if you are using an extension cord. Also, the total current rating of all equipment plugged into a single wall outlet should not exceed the fuse rating. Cleaning and servicing When cleaning the computer, follow these steps:

1. Turn off the computer. 2. Disconnect the AC adapter. 3. Use a soft, moist cloth. Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners. If your computer is dropped or visibly damaged, or does not work normally, please contact your nearest authorized ConceptD service center. Guidelines for safe battery usage Warning When using a charging cart or a small space to simultaneously charge or operate multiple devices , the area must be well- ventilated and the temperature kept between 0 C (32 F) to 35 C (95 F) and battery charging must be stopped when 100% capacity is reached. Continuous charging can cause deformation or damage to the battery/

device. Precautions when charging batteries The useful lifespan of a battery is adversely affected by the following behavior:

Constantly charging the battery/device when already at full capacity. First things first - 9 Charging the battery/device at temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). To prevent damage, follow these precautions:

Stop charging the battery once it reaches 100% capacity; regularly or frequently charging a fully charged battery for an extended period of time may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that you recharge the device when the battery level drops below 70% capacity. Do not charge battery in temperatures above 35 C (95 F) or below 0 C (32 F). Charging in abnormally high or abnormally low temperatures can cause battery deformation or damage. The charging port must be clean and free from debris and should only be used with Acer charging equipment. Use of a non-Acer battery or charging equipment can cause damage to the product and will void the warranty. If you plan to store the device for a long period of time, turn-off the device, remove AC power and store the product at room temperature (0 C - 35 C) in a dry (humidity: 45% - 80%), well-

ventilated area. Avoid direct sunlight, high temperatures and high humidity. Do not leave your devices battery completely discharged for a long period of time; this may cause battery deformation or damage. We recommend that the battery is checked and charged to approximately 50% capacity every 6 months. ONLY CHARGE THE BATTERY IN A CLEAN, WELL VENTILATED AREA. Warning Batteries may explode if not handled properly. Do not disassemble or dispose of batteries in fire. Do not short external contacts, crush, puncture or otherwise tamper with batteries. Keep batteries away from children. Follow local regulations when disposing of used batteries. Precautions when replacing the battery Improper replacement or mishandling could damage the battery, cause overheating, result in injury, and risk fire or explosion. 10 - First things first Device with built-in battery: A built-in battery must be replaced by an authorized service center. Do not attempt to replace or remove the battery by yourself. Device with removable battery: The battery should only be replaced with parts approved by Acer. Do not replace the battery with any parts other than approved ones. This notebook uses a Lithium-based battery. Do not use it in a humid, wet or corrosive environment. Do not put, store or leave your product in or near a heat source, in a high temperature location, in strong direct sunlight, in a microwave oven or in a pressurized container, and do not expose it to temperatures over 50 C (122 F). Failure to follow these guidelines may cause the battery to leak acid, become hot, explode or ignite and cause injury and/or damage. Do not pierce, open or disassemble the battery. If the battery leaks and you come into contact with the leaked fluids, rinse thoroughly with water and seek medical attention immediately. For safety reasons, and to prolong the lifetime of the battery, charging will must not occur at temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 35 C (95 F). The full performance of a new battery is achieved only after two or three complete charge and discharge cycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times, but it will eventually wear out. When the operation time becomes noticeably shorter than normal, check an authorized reseller to purchase a new battery. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short-circuit the battery. Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object such as a coin, clip or pen causes direct connection of the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals of the battery. (These look like metal strips on the battery.) This might happen, for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting object. The capacity and lifetime of the battery will be reduced if the battery is left in hot or cold places, such as in a closed car in summer or winter. Always try to keep the battery between 15 C and 25 C (59 F and 77 F). A device with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is especially limited in temperatures well below freezing. First things first - 11 Do not dispose of batteries in a fire as they may explode. Batteries may also explode if damaged. Dispose of batteries according to local regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household waste. Wireless devices may be susceptible to interference from the battery, which could affect performance. Note Please refer to www.acer.com for battery shipping documents. Internal battery Do not attempt to replace a built-in rechargeable battery, battery replacement must be done by an Acer- authorized repair facility. Recharge the battery by following the instruction included in the product documentation. 12 - Your ConceptD notebook tour Y OU R C ON CE PTD N OTEBOOK TOUR After setting up your computer as illustrated in the Setup Guide, let us show you around your new ConceptD computer. Screen view 1 2 3

1 2 3 4 Icon Item Microphones Webcam 4 Description Internal stereo digital microphones for sound recording. Web camera for video communication. A light next to the webcam indicates that the webcam is active. Screen Displays computer output. Battery indicator Indicates the computers battery status. Blinking Amber when the battery is charging or reaches the low battery level. Amber when fully charged (with the AC adapter plugged in). Power indicator Indicates the computers power status. Your ConceptD notebook tour - 13 5 4 Keyboard view 1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 Icon Item Ventilation Backlit keyboard Description Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. For entering data into your computer. See "Using the keyboard" on page 18. Touchpad Touch-sensitive pointing device. Snipping tool key Snips a rectangle, freeform, window or full screen to your clipboard. Swapping app key Switches to current and previous windows quickly. ConceptD key Opens the Color Picker window

(Default). You can change the setting in the ConceptD Palette application. Power button Turns the computer on and off. 14 - Your ConceptD notebook tour Left view

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Icon Item Kensington lock slot Ventilation and cooling fan Description Connects to a Kensington-compatible security lock. Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. DC-in jack Connects to an AC adapter. HDMI port USB Type-C /

Thunderbolt 4 port Supports high-definition digital video connections. Connects to USB devices with a USB Type-C connector. Supports Thunderbolt 4 and displays. Mini DisplayPort Connects to an external display device. Power button with fingerprint reader Press to turn the computer on and off. Touch lightly to use fingerprint reader for Windows Hello and security. USB Type-C information USB 3.2 Gen 2 with transfer speeds up to 10 Gbps. Supports DisplayPort audio/video output. Compatible with Thunderbolt 4. Delivers up to 3 A at 5 V DC for USB charging. DC-in: requires power adapter or power source providing 45 W at 19 V. For optimal performance, please use a certified Acer power adapter or USB Power Delivery device. Your ConceptD notebook tour - 15 Right view 1 2 3 54 6 Icon Item Headset/

speaker jack SD card reader USB port with power-off charging Description Connects to audio devices (e.g., speakers, headphones) Accepts one Secure Digital (SD, SDHC or SDXC) card. Only one card can operate at a time. Connects to USB devices. USB port Connects to USB devices. Ethernet (RJ-45) port

(selected models only) Ventilation and cooling fan Connects to an Ethernet 10/100/1000-

based network. Pull the lip down to open the port fully. Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings.

1 2 3 4 5 6 USB 3.2 Gen 2 information USB 3.2 Gen 2 compatible ports are blue. Compatible with USB 3.2 Gen 2 and earlier devices. For optimal performance, use USB 3.2 Gen 2-certified devices. Defined by the USB 3.2 Gen 2 specification (SuperSpeed USB). Description Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. 16 - Your ConceptD notebook tour Rear view 1 Icon Item Ventilation

1 Base view CN314-73G / CN314-73P 1 2 3 CN316-73G / CN316-73P Your ConceptD notebook tour - 17 1 2 3

1 2 3 Icon Item Battery reset pinhole Description Simulates removing and reinstalling the battery. Insert a paperclip into the hole and press for four seconds. Ventilation and cooling fan Allows the computer to stay cool. Do not cover or obstruct the openings. Speakers Deliver stereo audio output. 18 - Using the keyboard U S I N G T HE KEY BOARD The keyboard has full-sized keys, a numeric keypad, separate cursor, lock, Windows, special keys and hotkeys. Lock keys The keyboard has lock keys which you can use to turn keyboard functions on and off. Lock key Caps Lock Description When Caps Lock is on, all alphabetic characters typed are in uppercase. Num Lock When Num Lock is on, the keypad is in numeric mode. The keys function as a calculator (complete with the arithmetic operators +, -, *, and /). Use this mode when you need to do a lot of numeric data entry. Special keys Your computers keyboard functions. The function of each key is clearly marked with an icon. Note: You can press Fn + Shift (FnLock) to switch the function and special key priority for the F1 to F12 keys. that activate special includes keys Icon Description Turns the speakers on and off. Decreases the sound volume. Increases the sound volume. Turns the microphones on and off. Switches display output between the display screen, external monitor (if connected) and both. Using the keyboard - 19 Icon Description Turns the display screen backlight off to save power. Press any key to return. Decreases the screen brightness. Increases the screen brightness. Turns the keyboard backlight on and off. Turns the built-in touchpad on and off. Turns on / off the computer's network devices. Num Turns the Numeric Lock on or off. Hotkeys To activate hotkeys, press and hold the Fn key before pressing the other key in the hotkey combination. Note To swap the hotkey and special function of the F1 to F12 keys, change the function key setting in the BIOS (to open the BIOS press F2 when starting your computer, then press F1 to access Advanced Settings to select the Main menu and change Function key behavior to Function keys).

(Specifications vary depending on model.) Hotkey Icon Fn + Shift Description Turns Insert on or off. Ins Home Scrolls to the beginning of a document. Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

Fn +

Pg Up Scrolls the page up. Pg Dn Scrolls the page down. End Scrolls to the end of a document. 20 - The Windows OS Desktop T H E W IN DOWS OS D ESKTOP 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Item Settings Start Search Task View Widgets Power Quick settings 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Description Changes the apps settings for your computer. Launches apps, through Pinned, Recommended, or All apps. Types in the texts to search on your computer and the Internet. Allows to switch between running applications and add the virutal desktop. Provides the weather, news, stocks, and sports information. Shut down, sleep or restart your computer. Displays the situation of network connection, battery level and sound setting. You can toggle quick actions to instantly adjust or open settings. Notification Displays the notifications and calendar. The Windows OS Desktop - 21 Tips and hints for using Windows We know this is a new operating system that will take some getting used to, so we've created a few pointers to help you get started. Where are my apps?

Move your cursor to the lower center of the screen and click search icon, start typing the name of the app you would like to open. How do I make an app appear on Start?

If you're in all apps list and you want to make an app appear on Start, right-click an app and select Pin to Start. How do I remove an app from Start?

Right-click an app to select it and select Unpin from Start to remove the app from Start. How do I make an app appear on my taskbar?

If you're in all apps list and you want to make an app appear on the taskbar, right-click an app and select More > Pin to taskbar. Can I turn off notifications?

Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button and select Settings > System > Notifications. From here you can enable/

disable notifications for all of your apps or choose which apps to enable/disable. How do I check for Windows updates?

Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button > Settings

> Windows Update. Select Advanced options to configure the settings. Where can I get more information?

For more information please visit the following pages:

Windows 11 information: support.microsoft.com/Windows Support FAQs: support.acer.com 22 - Using the Precision Touchpad U S I N G T H E P R EC IS ION T OUCHPAD

(or 'cursor') on the screen. As you The touchpad controls the arrow slide your finger across the touchpad, the cursor will follow this movement. The Precision Touchpad (PTP) is designed to provide a more uniform, smooth, and accurate touchpad experience. Many applications support precision touchpad gestures that use one or more fingers, however, some gestures may not be supported by the specific application or program you are using. Touchpad gestures Single-finger slide Slide a finger across the touchpad to move the cursor. Single-finger press or tap Press the touchpad down, or lightly tap the touchpad with your finger, to perform a 'click', which will select or start an item. Quickly repeat the tap to perform a double tap or

'double click'. Two-finger press Lightly tap the touchpad with two fingers to perform a

'right click'. In the Start screen, this will toggle the app commands. In most apps this will open a context menu related to the selected item. Two-finger slide Swiftly scroll through web pages, documents and playlists by placing two fingers on the touchpad and moving both in any direction. Two-finger pinch Zoom in and out of photos, maps and documents with a simple finger-and-thumb gesture. Using the Precision Touchpad - 23 Three-finger press Lightly tap the touchpad with three fingers to open the Search Windows. Three-finger swipe Swipe across the touchpad with three fingers. Swipe up to open Task View. Move the cursor over a window and tap the touchpad to select that window, or swipe downwards to exit Task View. Swipe down to minimize all open windows and show Desktop; swipe upwards to restore the minimized windows. Swipe left or right to switch between open windows. Four-finger press Lightly tap the touchpad with four fingers to open the Action Center. Four-finger swipe Swipe across the touchpad with four fingers. Swipe up to open Task View. Move the cursor over a window and tap the touchpad to select that window, or swipe downwards to exit Task View. Swipe down to minimize all open windows and show Desktop; swipe upwards to restore the minimized windows. The precision touchpad includes added technology features that help recognize and prevent unintentional gestures such as accidental taps, gestures, and pointer movement. Note The touchpad is sensitive to finger movement; the lighter the touch, the better the response. Please keep the touchpad and your fingers dry and clean. 24 - Using the Precision Touchpad Changing touchpad settings To change the touchpad settings to suit your personal requirements, please do the following. 1. In the icon tray in the lower right-hand corner of the screen, select the Network, Sound and Battery icon to open the Quick settings pane. 2. Select All settings. 3. Select Bluetooth & devices > Touchpad 4. Now you can adjust the settings to suit your personal needs. You can switch off the touchpad if you prefer to use a mouse. Or you can adjust the touchpad sensitivity to suit your needs. Scroll down to see more settings. R EC OV ERY Recovery - 25 If you are having trouble with your computer, and the frequently asked questions (see Got a question? on page 74) do not help, you can recover your computer. This section describes the recovery tools available on your computer. ConceptD provides Acer Care Center, which allows you to reset your PC, refresh your PC, backup files/data or create a factory default backup. If you cannot access Acer Care Center, click Settings in the Start menu, select System and then click Recovery. Note Acer Care Center vary depending on model or Operating System. Creating a file history backup Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily back up your files and restore them if the originals are lost, damaged or deleted. 1. From Start, select Care Center then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Backup tab and click Get started for Create backup to open the Backup window. 26 - Recovery 3. Click Set up syncing for OneDrive folder syncing to continue. 4. Make sure the folders that you want to back up are selected and click Start back up to continue. 5. You can select View sync progress to watch files sync until it completes. Recovery - 27 6. To open the OneDrive folder, double click OneDrive icon in the notification area. 28 - Recovery Backing up your wireless and LAN drivers Back up your wireless and LAN drivers. You can use these backups to install the wireless and LAN drivers if you install another operating system. 1. From Start, select Care Center then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Backup tab and click Get started for Backup wireless and LAN drivers. Choose a folder to save your drivers and select OK. 3. You will be shown the backup progress on the screen. Restoring your computer Recovery Management allows you to quickly and easily restore your computer back to its default status. You can choose to keep your files or remove them before reinstalling Windows. Reset this PC and keep my files 1. From Start, select Care Center then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Restore tab and click Get started to open the Recovery window. 3. Click Rest PC to Choose an option. Recovery - 29 4. Select Keep my files to refresh your PC and reinstall your operating system without removing your personal files. 30 - Recovery 5. Choose from the two options - Cloud download or Local reinstall to reinstall Windows. (Ensure you are connected to the internet when using Cloud download.) 6. Click Change settings to open the Choose settings options. 7. Choose your settings options and follow the instructions on screen. Click Confirm then Next to continue. Recovery - 31 Important If you have apps installed on your PC, they will be removed. 8. Resetting the PC will reinstall Windows, change settings back to their factory defaults and remove all preinstalled apps and programs without removing your personal files. Click Reset to continue. This will take a while and your PC will restart. 9. You will be shown the reset progress on the screen. The screen will turn off during the reset process. 10.The screen will turn back on when it is installing Windows. Your PC will restart several times during the reset process. 11.Follow the process until it completes. 32 - Recovery 12.When your PC has completed the reset process, Windows will have been reset back to its factory default settings without removing your personal files. Reset this PC and remove everything 1. From Start, select Care Center then Recovery Management. 2. Select the Restore tab and click Get Started to open the Recovery window. 3. Click Rest PC to Choose an option. 4. Select Remove everything to reset your PC back to its factory default. Recovery - 33 5. Choose from the two options - Cloud download or Local reinstall to reinstall Windows. (Ensure you are connected to the internet when using Cloud download.) 6. Click Change settings to open the Choose settings options. 34 - Recovery 7. Choose your settings options and follow the instructions on screen. Click Confirm then Next to continue. 8. Click Reset to continue. 9. You will be shown the reset progress on the screen. The screen will turn off during the reset process. 10.The screen will turn back on when it is installing Windows. Your PC will restart several times during the reset process. 11.Follow the process until it completes. 12.When your PC has completed the reset process, Windows will use factory default settings. U S I N G A B L UET OOTH CONNECTION Using a Bluetooth connection - 35 Bluetooth is a technology enabling you to transfer data wirelessly over short distances between many different types of devices. Bluetooth-

enabled devices include computers, cell phones, tablets, wireless headsets, and keyboards. To use Bluetooth, you must ensure the following:

1. Bluetooth is enabled on both devices. 2. Your devices are "paired" (or connected). Enabling and disabling Bluetooth The Bluetooth adapter must be enabled on both devices. For your computer, this may be an external switch, a software setting, or a separate Bluetooth dongle plugged into the computers USB port (if no internal Bluetooth adapter is available). Note Please check your devices owners manual to determine how to turn on its Bluetooth adapter. Enable Bluetooth and add a device Every new device must first be "paired" with your computers Bluetooth adapter. This means it must first be authenticated for security purposes. You only need to pair once. After that, simply turning on the Bluetooth adapter of both devices will connect them. Bluetooth on your computer is disabled by default. To enable your computers Bluetooth adapter, do the following:

1. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button >

Settings > Bluetooth & devices, and click the toggle under Bluetooth to enable/disable it. 2. Click on Add device then select the device that you want to add. 3. Your computer will automatically start searching for devices, as well as make itself visible to other devices. 36 - Using a Bluetooth connection devices. 4. Select the device you wish to pair from the list of discovered 5. After pairing, if there is a code displaying on the screen, enter that code on the device to proceed the connection. Note Some devices using older versions of the Bluetooth technology require both devices to enter a PIN. In the case of one of the devices not having any inputs

(as in a headset), the passcode is hardcoded into the device (usually "0000"

or "1234"). Consult your devices user manual for more information. You can also enter the Bluetooth settings by selecting the Network, Sound and Battery icon in the lower right-hand corner of the screen to open the Quick settings pane. From here, you can enable or disable Bluetooth or right-click on Bluetooth > Go to Settings to enter the Bluetooth settings. C ON N E CTIN G TO T HE I NTERNET Connecting to the Internet - 37 This chapter includes general information on types of connections, and getting connected to the internet. For detailed information, please refer to Network connections on page 82. Your computers built-in network features make it easy for you to connect your computer to the internet. First though, in order to connect to the internet from home, youll need to sign up for internet services from an ISP (Internet Service Provider)

-- usually a phone or cable company -- that will have to go to your home or office to set up internet service. The ISP will install a small box, a router or modem, that will allow you to connect to the internet. Connecting to a wireless network Connecting to a wireless LAN A wireless LAN (or WLAN) is a wireless local area network, which can link two or more computers without using wires. Once connected to WLAN, you can access the internet. You can also share files, other devices, and even your internet connection itself. Your computer's wireless connection is turned on by default and Windows will detect and display a list of available networks during setup. Select your network and enter the password if required. Warning Using wireless devices while flying in aircraft may be prohibited. All wireless devices must be switched off before boarding an aircraft and during take-off, as they may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt communications, and even be illegal. You may turn on your computers wireless devices only when informed that it is safe to do so by the cabin crew. ConceptD notebook computers feature a Flight mode hotkey that turns the network connection on or off. You can use the network management options to turn your wireless network on/off or control what is shared over the network. 38 - Connecting to the Internet To connect to a wireless network, please follow the steps below. 1. Ensure you have a wireless router/access point and current internet connection through the ISP of your choice. Make a note of the wireless networks name and password (if necessary). If you are trying to connect to a public network (such as at a coffeeshop), make sure you have the wireless networks name. Note Please refer to your ISP or router documentation for details on connecting to the internet. 2. Click Network icon in the notification area. 3. Select Manage WiFi connections. Note If Wi-Fi is turned off, please click Wi-Fi icon to turn it on. 4. You will see a list of available wireless networks. Select the one you wish to use. Connecting to the Internet - 39 5. Once you select a wireless network, select Connect. 40 - Connecting to the Internet 6. If required, enter the networks password. Connecting to the Internet - 41 Connecting with a cable Built-in network feature If your computer has a network port, plug one end of a network cable into the network port on your computer, and the other end into a port on your router (refer to the image below.) Then, you'll be ready to get online. C ON CE PTD P ALETTE ConceptD Palette - 47 to change color ConceptD Palette provides a simple design configuration and performance control. It also allows you to monitor system performance, change audio mode and launch your apps quickly. The ConceptD Palette main screen The main screen gives you an overview of current system status. You can also switch color profile, performance setting and sound effect easily. Color profile setting Select sRGB to switch the setting for the screen. Use sRGB to get back to the default color profile setting, and Native to apply the color setting of your display without any adjustment from ConceptD Palette. 48 - ConceptD Palette Click the icon for more scenarios: Standard, Movie, Game, Eye Protection, Office or Sport. You can also adjust the color profile if needed. TrueHarmony setting To get a different audio experience, select TrueHarmony to adjust the audio mode. ConceptD Palette - 49 Performance control Provide the easy way to set your laptop's performance. Three levels are available:

ECO: Allows you to reduce operating noise with lower fan speed, suitable for working at night or doing a presentation. Balanced: Allows you to use productivity tools more smoothly, suitable for Adobe Photoshop, Autodesk 3ds Max, etc. Performance: Allows you to increase CPU performance when system is under heavy use, suitable for making rendering. Note If the AC adapter is disconnected, performance control options will be disabled. 50 - ConceptD Palette Monitoring From Monitoring page, click CPU, GPU or System tab to check processor and system loading. Split Screen Use Split Screen to divide the screen into different pre-defined areas without manually adjusting the size and the position of the windows. App Center App Center is a great way to quickly launch the installed app in your icon to add your favorite apps into the app center. computer. Select ConceptD Palette - 51 Advanced Settings Select the Settings to change settings for your system. You can change temperature units or turn keyboard backlight off automatically if no action within 30 seconds. You can also disable the Windows and menu keys. 52 - ConceptD Palette Adjust ConceptD Key Press the ConceptD key to open the specific application more quickly. To change the ConceptD key setting, select the application from the drop down list under ConceptD Key

. Manage the copied items in Clipboard Before you start to view the clipboard history, enable the option Turn on the Clipboard function to manage the copied items. Press Windows key + V to view the clipboard history. You can find all items, text, or images you copied and click the item you want to paste. Color Picker Use Color Picker to pick up the color anywhere on the screen and show you the RGB, CMYK, HEX or HSB color codes. Select the shortcut keys from the drop down list under Color Picker. ConceptD Palette - 53 Press the shortcut keys to launch the color picker tool. Click the icon

, then select the color from the screen to get the particular color code. 54 - ConceptD Palette On-screen Keyboard Shortcuts Get to know the shortcut keys in Adobe Photoshop from the On-

screen Keyboard Shortcuts. Select the shortcut keys from the drop down list under On-screen Keyboard Shortcuts. Press the shortcut keys you selected to launch the on-screen keyboard while using the Photoshop. You can move the cursor to the virtual keyboard icon to know the shortcut keys function and use the keys to become more efficient. ConceptD Palette - 55 Set color profile on ConceptD monitor When the laptop detects the ConceptD monitor, you can sync or change the color profile on the monitor from your laptop. Sync up the color profile When the color profile settings are different between ConceptD monitor and laptop, you can select Apply from the system notification to sync the color profile on the monitor. Change the color profile You can change the color profile on the ConceptD monitor from ConceptD Palette. (Up to 3 external devices) 56 - ConceptD Palette Select the screen number to switch the device. Select the device to adjust the color profile.

1 2 3 Icon Color Description Amber Selected device. Gray Unselected device. Red The color profile is different from main device. B L UEL IGH T S HIELD Bluelight Shield - 53 The Bluelight Shield can be enabled to reduce blue-light emissions from the screen to protect your eyes. To configure the Bluelight Shield, search for Quick Access in the Start Menu. From here you can toggle Bluelight Shield on or off, and you can choose from four different modes to fit your needs:

Item Low Reduction Medium Reduction High Reduction No. 1 2 3 4 Description Reduces blue light emission from the LED backlit screen by 10% to 25% for basic protection. Reduces blue light emission from the LED backlit screen by 26% to 45% to protect your eyes. Reduces blue light emission from the LED backlit screen by 46% to 65% for maximum protection. Long Hour Mode Professionally tuned to reduce eye strain over an extended period of time. Note Specifications vary depending on model or Operating System. Keeping your computer and data safe... In this section you will find:

How to secure your computer Setting passwords What you need to prepare when youre traveling How to get the most out of your battery S E CU RIN G Y OUR COMPUTER Securing your computer - 55 Your computer is a valuable investment that you need to take care of. Learn how to protect and take care of your computer. Security features include hardware and software locks a security notch and passwords. Using a computer security lock The computer comes with a computer security slot for a security lock. Wrap a computer security lock cable around an immovable object such as a table or handle of a locked drawer. Insert the lock into the notch and turn the key to secure the lock. Some keyless models are also available. Using passwords Passwords protect your computer from unauthorized access. Setting these passwords creates several different levels of protection for your computer and data:

Supervisor Password prevents unauthorized entry into the BIOS utility. Once set, you must enter this password to gain access to the BIOS utility. See Setting passwords on page 61. User Password secures your computer against unauthorized use. Combine the use of this password with password checkpoints on boot-up and resume from Hibernation (if available) for maximum security. Password on Boot secures your computer against unauthorized use. Combine the use of this password with password checkpoints on boot-up and resume from Hibernation (if available) for maximum security. Important Do not forget your Supervisor Password! If you forget your password, please get in touch with your dealer or an authorized service center. 56 - Securing your computer Entering passwords When a password is set, a password prompt appears in the center of the display screen. When the Supervisor Password is set, a prompt appears when you enter the BIOS utility. Type the Supervisor Password and press Enter to access the BIOS utility. If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter. When the User Password is set and the password on boot parameter is enabled, a prompt appears at boot-up. Type the User Password and press Enter to use the computer. If you enter the password incorrectly, a warning message appears. Try again and press Enter. Important You have three chances to enter a password. If you fail to enter the password correctly after three tries, the system halts. Press and hold the power button for four seconds to shut down the computer. Then turn on the computer again, and try again. F I NGE RP RIN T R EADER Fingerprint Reader - 57 In addition to using an account password or PIN to sign in to Windows apps and services, you can also use the fingerprint reader to sign-in and unlock your ConceptD notebook. In order to use the fingerprint reader, you must first configure the fingerprint reader to recognize your fingerprint to confirm your identity. How to use the fingerprint reader Select the Start button, then select Settings > Accounts > Sign-in options to set up Windows Hello. 1. In Fingerprint recognition (Windows Hello), select Set up to configure the fingerprint reader. 58 - Fingerprint Reader 2. In the Windows Hello setup window, select Get started to begin the fingerprint configuration. 3. Enter your PIN to confirm your identity. 4. When the Windows Hello setup window appears, follow the onscreen directions. Press and hold your finger on the fingerprint sensor and fingerprint configuration is complete. this step until lift. Repeat then the Fingerprint Reader - 59 60 - Fingerprint Reader 5. Once the fingerprint configuration is complete, you will be able to sign in or unlock your computer by placing your fingerprint on the fingerprint reader. You may select Add another finger to add another fingerprint to unlock the computer. Note If the notebook has multiple accounts, you can set up access separately and automatically switch between accounts. BI OS UT ILI TY BIOS utility - 61 The BIOS utility is a hardware configuration program built into your computer's BIOS. Your computer is already properly configured and optimized, and you do not normally need to run this utility. However, if you encounter configuration problems, you may need to run it. To activate the BIOS utility, press F2 while the computer logo is being displayed. Boot sequence To set the boot sequence in the BIOS utility, activate the BIOS utility, then press F1 to access Advanced Settings to select Boot from the categories listed on the left of the screen. Setting passwords To set a password on boot, activate the BIOS utility, then press F1 to access Advanced Settings to select Security from the categories listed on the left of the screen. Find Set Supervisor Password and enter a password to enable this feature. Once you have entered a password for this feature, you may then enable/disable Password on Boot. Remember to select F10 to properly save and exit the BIOS utility when you are done making changes. 62 - Power management P OWE R MAN AGEMENT This computer has a built-in power management unit that monitors system activity. System activity refers to any activity involving one or more of following devices: keyboard, mouse, hard disk, peripherals connected to the computer, and video memory. If no activity is detected for a period of time, the computer stops some or all of these devices in order to conserve energy. the Saving power Disable Fast startup Your computer uses Fast startup to start quickly, but also uses a small amount of power to check for signals to start. These checks will slowly drain your computers battery. If you prefer to reduce your computers power requirements and environmental impact, turn off Fast startup:

Note If Fast startup is off, your computer will take longer to start from Sleep. Your computer will also not start if it receives an instruction to start over a network (Wake on LAN). 1. Press the Windows key or select the Windows Start button then search for "Choose a power plan". 2. Select Choose what the power buttons do. 3. Select Change settings that are currently unavailable. Power management - 63 4. Scroll down and disable Turn on fast start-up. 5. Select Save changes. 64 - Battery pack B AT TE R Y P ACK The computer uses an embedded Lithium battery that gives you long use between charges. Battery characteristics The battery is recharged whenever you connect the computer to the AC adapter. Your computer supports charge-in-use, enabling you to recharge the battery while you continue to operate the computer. However, recharging with the computer turned off significantly reduces charge time. The battery will come in handy when you travel or during a power failure. Charging the battery Plug the AC adapter into the computer, and connect to a mains power outlet. Note You are advised to charge the battery before retiring for the day. Charging the battery overnight before traveling enables you to start the next day with a fully charged battery. Conditioning a new battery pack Before you use a battery pack for the first time, there is a conditioning process that you should follow:

1. Connect the AC adapter and fully charge the battery. 2. Turn on the computer and complete setting up the operating system. 3. Disconnect the AC adapter. 4. Operate the computer using battery power. 5. Fully deplete the battery until the battery-low warning appears. 6. Reconnect the AC adapter and fully charge the battery again. Follow these steps again until the battery has been charged and discharged three times. Battery pack - 65 Use this conditioning process for all new batteries, or if a battery hasn't been used for a long time. Warning Do not expose battery packs to temperatures below 0 C (32 F) or above 45 C (113 F). Extreme temperatures may adversely affect the battery pack. The battery conditioning process ensures your battery accepts the maximum possible charge. Failure to follow this procedure will prevent you from obtaining the maximum battery charge, and will also shorten the effective lifespan of the battery. In addition, the useful lifespan of the battery is adversely affected by the following usage patterns:

Using the computer on constant AC power. Not discharging and recharging the battery to its extremes, as described above. Frequent use; the more you use the battery, the faster it will reach the end of its effective life. An embedded battery has a life span of more than 1,000 charge/discharge cycles. Optimizing battery life Optimizing battery life helps you get the most out of battery operation, prolonging the charge/recharge cycle and improving recharging efficiency. You are advised to follow the suggestions set out below:

Use AC power whenever possible, reserving battery for mobile use. Remove accessories that are not being used (e.g. a USB disk drive), as they can continue to draw power. Store your PC in a cool, dry place. The recommended temperature is 10 C (50 F) to 30 C (86 F). Higher temperatures cause the battery to self-discharge faster. Excessive recharging decreases the battery life. Look after your AC adapter and battery. 66 - Battery pack Checking the battery level The power meter indicates the current battery level. Rest the cursor over the battery/power icon on the taskbar to see the battery's present charge level. Battery-low warning When using battery power pay attention to the power meter. Important Connect the AC adapter as soon as possible after the battery-low warning appears. Data may be lost if the battery is allowed to become fully depleted and the computer shuts down. When the battery-low warning appears, the recommended course of action depends on your situation:

Situation The AC adapter and a power outlet are available. The AC adapter or a power outlet is unavailable. Recommended Action 1. Plug the AC adapter into the computer, and then connect to the main power supply. 2. Save all necessary files. 3. Resume work. Turn off the computer if you want to recharge the battery rapidly. 1. Save all necessary files. 2. Close all applications. 3. Turn off the computer. Traveling with your computer - 67 T RA V E LIN G WI TH Y OUR COMPUTER This section gives you tips and hints to consider when moving around or traveling with your computer. Disconnecting from the desktop Follow these steps to disconnect your computer from external accessories:

1. Save any open files. 2. Remove discs from optical drive. 3. Shut down the computer or put it into Sleep or Hibernate mode. 4. Close the display cover. 5. Disconnect the cord from the AC adapter. 6. Disconnect the keyboard, pointing device, printer, external monitor 7. Disconnect the Kensington / Noble lock if you are using one to and other external devices. secure the computer. Note Specifications vary depending on model. Moving around When you are just moving within short distances, for example, from your office desk to a meeting room. Before moving the computer, close and latch the display cover to place it in Sleep mode. You can now safely take the computer anywhere you go within the building. If you are moving within a larger distance, you may choose to shut down the computer. Note The computer may enter Hibernation or Deep Sleep mode after being in Sleep mode for a period of time. 68 - Traveling with your computer What to bring When you are just moving within short distances, you probably do not need to bring anything with you other than your computer. If your battery is not fully charged, you may want to bring the AC adapter with you to plug in your computer. If you cannot find an electrical outlet, reduce the drain on the battery by putting the computer in Sleep mode. Press the Sleep hotkey or close the display cover whenever you are not actively using the computer. When you are moving within a larger distance, for instance, traveling locally or internationally, after shutting down the computer and disconnecting any external devices, pack the computer in a protective case that can prevent the computer from sliding around and cushion it if it should fall. Ports and connectors... In this section you will find:

Information on the ports and connectors fitted to your computer 70 - Universal Serial Bus (USB) U N I V E R SAL S ER IA L B US (U SB ) The USB port is a high-speed port which allows you to connect USB peripherals, such as a mouse, an external keyboard, additional storage (external hard disks), or any other compatible device. Note Two USB standards are currently available on ConceptD computers: USB 2.0 (High-speed USB) and USB 3.2 Gen 1/Gen 2 (SuperSpeed USB). USB 2.0 ports on ConceptD computers have a black tongue in the port, while USB 3.2 Gen 1/Gen 2 ports have a blue tongue. For best performance, USB 3.2 Gen 1/Gen 2 devices should always be plugged into USB 3.2 Gen 1/Gen 2 ports. Consult your devices documentation to see which standard it supports. You can also charge devices such as tablets, smartphones, or other devices through a USB port. Some USB 3.2 Gen 1/Gen 2 ports support charging devices when the computer is in Hibernate or turned off. Additionally, you can use a USB hub to connect multiple devices to a single USB port. Important When removing a USB storage device, you should right-click on the USB icon in the Windows task bar and select "Eject <device>" to tell the operating system to stop using the device before removing it. Failure to do this may result in data loss or damage to your peripheral. T H UN DERB OLT 4 PORT Thunderbolt 4 port - 71 A Thunderbolt 4 port allows you to easily connect devices with a Type-C connector to your computer, such as additional storage

(e.g. an external drive), displays, or any other compatible device. Up to six devices, including displays, can be connected in series to a single Thunderbolt port. The Thunderbolt connection uses a USB Type-C port and is compatible with Thunderbolt, USB, DisplayPort and power on USB-C devices. The Type-C port is reversable; connectors may be inserted with either side up. Displays Up to two 4K displays with can be connected to a single Thunderbolt 4 port. If an adapter is used, DisplayPort or compatible devices, including HDMI, DVI or VGA, can be used. Note Thunderbolt 4 ports support transfer speeds up to 40 Gbps, and USB devices with a Type-C connector at lower speeds (typically up to 5 Gbps). Other USB or older Thunderbolt devices with a USB Type-C connector (or adapter) are supported, but transfer speeds may be reduced and certain functions may be disabled (such as Thunderbolt display support). Important When removing a USB storage device, you should right-click on the USB icon in the Windows task bar and select "Eject <device>" to tell the operating system to stop using the device before removing it. Failure to do this may result in data loss or damage to your peripheral. Note Specifications vary depending on model. 72 - Video and audio connectors V I D E O A N D AUD IO CONNECTORS Add an external monitor to your computer via a video port. The type of port available depends on your computers configuration. Connecting a monitor 1. Check that the computer is powered off and the monitor power switch is turned off. 2. Attach the video cable to the monitor port on the computer. 3. Connect the monitor power cable and plug it into a properly grounded wall outlet. 4. Follow any setup instructions in the monitor's user's guide. 5. Turn on power to the monitor, then the computer. 6. The correct resolution and refresh rate should be detected automatically. If necessary, change the display settings used by the computer. Note To access the display controls, right-click anywhere on the desktop and select Display settings. Headphones and microphone One or more 3.5 mm jacks on your computer allow you to connect audio devices. Use the headphone port to plug in stereo headphones or powered speakers; connecting an audio device to the headphone port disables the built-in speakers. Use connecting a microphone disables the built-in microphone. to connect an external microphone;

the microphone port Note Some computers have a single "combo" port that allows you to use single-pin headsets with a built-in microphone. These headsets are most commonly used with smartphones. H DMI HDMI - 73 HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) is a high-quality, digital audio/video interface. HDMI allows you to connect any compatible digital audio/video source, such as your computer, a set-top box, DVD player, and audio/video receiver to any compatible digital audio and/or video monitor, such as a digital television (DTV) with a single cable. The single cable keeps everything neat and tidy while ensuring easy connection and the best audio and visual quality. Got a question?

In this section you will find:

Frequently asked questions Troubleshooting information How to protect yourself while online Where to find Acer service center contact information Frequently asked questions - 75 F R E QU EN TL Y AS KED QUESTIONS The following is a list of possible situations that may arise during the use of your computer. Easy solutions are provided for each one. I turned on the power, but the computer does not start or boot up. Check if power is being supplied to the computer (if your computer has a power indicator, it will be off); if there is no power, check the following:

If you are using on the battery, it may be low and unable to power the computer. Connect the AC adapter to recharge the battery pack. You may need to wait a few minutes before trying to turn your computer on again. Make sure that the AC adapter is properly plugged into the computer and to the power outlet. If power is being supplied to the computer, check the following:

Do you have a USB storage device (USB drive, CD drive or smartphone) plugged into your computer? Unplug it and press Ctrl

+ Alt + Del to restart the system. Nothing appears on the screen. The computers power management system automatically blanks the screen to save power. Press any key to turn the display back on. If pressing a key does not turn the display back on, three things might be the cause:

The brightness level might be too low. Use the Brightness up hotkey to adjust the brightness level. The display device might be set to an external monitor. Press the display toggle hotkey to toggle the display back to the computer. The computer may be in Sleep or Hibernate mode (if there is a power LED, it will flash). Press and release the power button to resume. No audio is heard from the computer. Check the following:

76 - Frequently asked questions The volume may be muted. Look at the volume control (speaker) icon in the taskbar. If it is crossed-out, click the icon and drag the slider to the right to increase the volume. The volume level may be too low. Check the volume from the volume control (speaker) icon in the taskbar. You can also use the volume control hotkeys to adjust the volume. If headphones, earphones or external speakers are connected to the headphone jack on the computer, the internal speakers automatically turn off. The keyboard does not respond. Try attaching an external keyboard to a USB port on the computer. If it works, contact your dealer or an authorized service center as the internal keyboard cable may be loose. The printer does not work. Make sure that the printer is connected to a power outlet and that it is turned on. Make sure that the printer cable is connected securely to a USB port and the corresponding port on the printer. I want to restore my computer to its original settings. Note If your system is the multilingual version, the operating system and language you choose when you first turn on the system will be the only option for future recovery operations. This recovery process helps you restore the C: drive with the original software content that is installed when you purchased your computer. Warning Your C: drive will be reformatted and all data will be erased. It is important to back up all data files before using this option. Before performing a restore operation, please check the BIOS settings. 1. If there is a D2D Recovery setting in Main, make sure it is Enabled. 2. Exit the BIOS utility and save changes. The system will reboot. Frequently asked questions - 77 Note To access the BIOS utility, press F2 when you see the ConceptD logo during boot up. For more information, see Restoring your computer on page 28. Requesting service International Travelers Warranty (ITW) Your computer is backed by an International Travelers Warranty

(ITW) that gives you security and peace of mind when traveling. An ITW passport came with your computer and contains all you need to know about the ITW program. A list of available, authorized service centers is in this handy booklet. Read this passport thoroughly. Always have your ITW passport on hand, especially when you travel, to receive the benefits from our support centers. Attach your proof-of-

purchase to the ITW passport. If the country you are traveling in does not have an Acer-authorized ITW service site, you can still get in contact with our offices worldwide. Please visit www.acer.com. Before you call Please have the following information available when you call Acer for online service, and please be at your computer when you call. With your support, we can reduce the amount of time a call takes and help solve your problems efficiently. If there are error messages or beeps reported by your computer, write them down as they appear on the screen (or the number and sequence in the case of beeps). You are required to provide the following information:

Name:

Address:

Telephone number:

Machine and model type:

Serial number:

Date of purchase:

F req uent ly a s ked q uest io ns 78 - Frequently asked questions Troubleshooting This chapter shows you how to deal with common system problems. Read it before calling a technician if a problem occurs. Solutions to more serious problems require opening up the computer. Do not attempt to open the computer yourself; contact your dealer or authorized service center for assistance. Troubleshooting tips incorporates an advanced design that delivers This computer onscreen error message reports to help you solve problems. If the system reports an error message or an error symptom occurs, see "Error messages" below. If the problem cannot be resolved, contact your dealer. Error messages If you receive an error message, note the message and take the corrective action. The following table lists the error messages in alphabetical order together with the recommended course of action. Error messages CMOS battery bad Corrective action Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. CMOS checksum error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Disk boot failure Equipment configuration error Insert a system (bootable) disk, then press Enter to reboot. Press F2 (during POST) to enter the BIOS utility, then press Exit in the BIOS utility to reboot. Hard disk 0 error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Hard disk 0 extended type error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Frequently asked questions - 79 Error messages I/O parity error Corrective action Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Keyboard error or no keyboard connected Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Keyboard interface error Contact your dealer or an authorized service center. Memory size mismatch Press F2 (during POST) to enter the BIOS utility, then press Exit in the BIOS utility to reboot. If you still encounter problems after going through the corrective measures, please contact your dealer or an authorized service center for assistance. 80 - Internet and online security I N T E R N E T AN D ON L INE SECURITY First steps on the net Protecting your computer It is vital to protect your computer from viruses and attacks over the internet (see Internet security software on page 84). A comprehensive internet security program is offered when you first start your computer. You should activate this protection as soon as possible, certainly before you connect to the internet. Choose an Internet Service Provider Using the internet has become a natural part of daily computing. Just a few simple steps can connect you to a vast collection of knowledge and communication tools. To accomplish these steps you should first select an Internet Service Provider (ISP), which supplies the connection between your computer and the internet. You should research the ISPs available in your region, not forgetting to talk to friends and family about their experiences or to check reviews and consumer reports. The ISP you select will provide instructions on how to connect to the internet (you may need additional software or a special box that connects to your phone line). Connection types Depending on your computer model, your location and your communication needs, you have several ways to connect to the internet. Dial-up Some computers include a telephone dial-up (modem) connector. This allows you to connect to the internet using your telephone line. With a dial-up connection, you cannot use the modem and the telephone simultaneously on a single phone line. This type of connection is recommended only if you have limited use of the Internet and online security - 81 internet as the connection speed is low and connection time is typically charged per hour. DSL (e.g. ADSL) DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) is an always-on connection that runs over the phone line. As DSL and phone do not use the same frequencies, you can use your telephone at the same time you are connected to the internet (this requires a micro-filter on each telephone socket to avoid interference). To be eligible for DSL, you must be located near an DSL-equipped phone exchange (service is sometimes unavailable in rural areas). Connection speeds vary depending on your location, but DSL generally provides very fast and reliable internet connection. As the connection is always-on, it is generally charged at fixed monthly rates. Note A DSL connection requires an appropriate modem. A modem is usually provided by the ISP when you register. Many of these modems include an router that provides network and Wi-Fi access. Cable Cellular A cable connection provides fast and always-on internet service via a cable television line. This service is generally available in large cities. You can use your telephone and watch cable TV at the same time you are connected to the internet. A cellular connection allows you to use cellular networks (such as those used by a mobile phone) to connect to the internet while away from home. The socket for a SIM card may be built in to your computer, or may require an external device, such as a USB modem or even an appropriately equipped mobile phone. Note If your computer includes a SIM card slot, you require a compatible SIM card and a contract with a cellular provider. Before using the cellular features, check with your service provider to see if any additional charges will be incurred, especially roaming charges. 82 - Internet and online security Network connections A LAN (Local Area Network) is a group of computers (for example, that share a common within an office building or home) communications line and resources. When you set up a network, you can share files, peripheral devices (such as a printer) and an internet connection. You can set up a LAN using wired technologies (such as Ethernet) or wireless technologies (such as Wi-Fi or Bluetooth). Wireless networks A wireless LAN or WLAN is a wireless local area network, which may link two or more computers without using wires. Setting up a wireless network is easy and allows you to share files, peripheral devices and an internet connection. What are benefits of a wireless network?

Mobility Wireless LAN systems allow you and other users of your home network to share access to files and devices connected to the network, for example a printer or scanner. Also you can share an internet connection with other computers in your home. Installation speed and simplicity Installing a wireless LAN system can be fast and easy and eliminates the need to pull cables through walls and ceilings. Components of a wireless LAN To set up your Wireless network at home you need to have the following:

Access point (router) Access points (routers) are two-way transceivers that broadcast data into the surrounding environment. Access points act as a mediator between wired and wireless network. Most routers have a built-in DSL modem that will allow you access to a high speed DSL internet connection. The ISP (Internet Service Provider) you have chosen normally supplies a modem/router with the subscription to their services. Read carefully the documentation supplied with your Access Internet and online security - 83 point/router for detailed setup instructions. Network cable (RJ45) A network cable (also called RJ45 cable) is used to connect the host computer to the access point (see illustration below); this type of cable may also be used to connect peripheral devices to the access point. Wireless adapter Most computers feature a wireless module and Wi-Fi button that turns the network connection on or off. You may also turn your wireless network on or off, or control what is shared over the network with the network management options. Warning Using wireless devices while flying in aircraft may be prohibited. Switch off all devices before boarding an aircraft; they may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, disrupt communications, and even be illegal. After take off, ask the cabin crew if you may enable Wi-Fi. Surf the Net!

To surf the internet, you need a program called an internet browser. Microsoft Edge provides an easy and secure web browsing experience. As soon as you have your internet access installed and you are connected, from the Start Menu, click the Microsoft Edge app or the icon located in the taskbar and take your internet experience to a new level!

Acer website To get you started why not visit our website, www.acer.com. Acer is dedicated to provide you with on-going personalized support. Check out our Support section to get help tailored to your needs. www.acer.com is your portal to a world of online activities and services: visit us regularly for the latest information and downloads!

84 - Internet and online security Internet security software To help you stay ahead of cybercriminals, Acer has partnered with Norton to offer you security for all your devices. Select Acer computers include protection by Norton Security Norton Security is pre-installed on select Acer computers, protecting your identity and financial data from viruses, spyware, malware and other online threats. Learn more about how to stay safe online and how to stay protected after your introductory subscription ends. Note Specifications vary depending on model or Operating System. Staying ahead of cybercriminals Stay ahead of hackers and cybercriminals by understanding the tactics they use to access your private data. Ensure your software is up to date Cybercriminals rely heavily upon software or platform vulnerabilities, as they are the easiest way to sneak malware into a user's device unnoticed, sometimes with little action on the user's part. Immediately after a software manufacturer announces an update, hackers are ready with malware that can breach holes in the software that would have been patched if the update was installed. How to stay safe: Perform any and all software updates as soon as they are available. Keep a lookout for fake or phishing emails Beware of emails that appear to be from a friend or business colleague that you know but seem a little odd. Maybe they didn't capitalize your name or there are misspellings. The email might be from cybercriminals who are trying to fool you into sending them your credit card number, social security number, or logging into a fake bank website that looks like yours but really isn't. How to stay safe: Use a strong antispam filter. If an email looks strange, don't click on anything and delete it immediately. Instead Internet and online security - 85 manually launch a browser and type in your bank's website address and log-in yourself. Don't be fooled if someone calls your phone A tech support scam is a form of online fraud where people call you on the phone saying they're Technical Support from a trusted company like Norton or Microsoft and that you have a virus. The main motive behind these scams is to extort money from the victim. Cybercriminals can also install malware such as keylogging software or backdoor Trojans in order to gain access to personal information. How to stay safe: Don't fall for phone calls that tell you your software or computer isn't working. Never give your personal information like social security or credit card numbers to someone that you don't know over the phone. Common threats cybercriminals use Now you know a few very common ways cybercriminals try to sneak onto your device or trick you into providing private information to them directly. Here are a few of the types of malware they like to deploy once they've got into a device and what to do if you're ever infected. Ransomware A form of malware that will encrypt personal data files on your computer and attached devices. Encryption converts files into another format, that can only be opened with a specific decryption key. Once the ransomware installs itself, it will display a warning message that the computer is now locked. The user is given a specific amount of money to pay as a "fine" and a timeframe in which to pay. Even if paid, the criminal might choose to not unencrypt the files anyway!

What to do if you're infected: Avoid getting infected in the first place by staying protected with internet security software like Norton Security. Also, perform regular backups of all your data either online or to a separate external hard drive that is only attached to your computer while performing the backup. Ransomware has been known to lock access to external hard drives attached to the computer. If you are infected with ransomware, think twice before you pay the ransom. There is no guarantee the cybercriminal will unlock your files and you'll be funding them to prey upon another innocent victim. 86 - Internet and online security Botnets A botnet is a string of infected, connected computers coordinated together to perform a task. Botnets gain access to your machine through some piece of malicious coding. Once the software is downloaded, the botnet will now contact its master computer and let it know that everything is ready to go. Now your computer, phone, tablet, or IoT device is entirely under the control of the person who created the botnet. Most people who are infected with botnets aren't even aware that their computer's security has become compromised!

What to do if you're infected: If you're infected you probably don't realize it as bots are notoriously quiet. Your Internet Service Provider might send you a notification alerting you that they found a threat on your network and that you need to remove the bot. If you have a bot, use internet security software like Norton Security to scan all of your devices. Viruses/Malware

"Virus" is the commonplace word for all malicious software programs for years now; however, a virus is just one type of malicious threat. A virus is classified as a self-replicating piece of malicious code that travels by inserting itself into files or programs. What to do if you're infected: Take steps to avoid infection by staying protected with internet security software like Norton Security. If you subscribed to Norton Security and think you may have a virus, contact Norton's on-call technicians to help eliminate the virus. Take special precautions when using public Wi-Fi Public Wi-Fi is available just about everywhere, from the local coffee shop to the hotels and airports you visit while traveling. While public Wi-Fi has made our lives a little easier, it also poses security risks to the personal information available on our laptops and smartphones. A virtual private network (VPN) gives you online privacy and anonymity by creating a private network from a public internet connection. VPNs mask your internet protocol (IP) address so your online actions are virtually untraceable as well as secure. One of the biggest security risks on public Wi-Fi are man-in-the-middle attacks (MITM). These attacks are akin to eavesdropping. Data is sent from point A

(computer) to point B (server/website), and an attacker can get in-

Internet and online security - 87 between these transmissions. They then set up tools programmed to

"listen in" on transmissions, intercept data that is specifically targeted as valuable, and capture the data, such as your login credentials and passwords. Use a virtual private network (VPN) to ensure your privacy and anonymity are protected when you use public Wi-Fi. VPN services can encrypt all the data that you send and receive while using a public Wi-Fi hotspot, securing your information from hackers and other users of the same connection. For more tips on how to stay safe Good security habits can reduce your exposure to online crime. By adopting a few basic behaviors, you can make big strides in reducing cybercrime risk:

Protect your accounts with strong, unique passwords that use a combination of at least 10 uppercase and lowercase letters, symbols and numbers. Don't click on random links or open unsolicited messages and attachments-particularly from people you don't know. Don't access any personal information or social media accounts over unprotected Wi-Fi networks. Use security software on your devices to help protect yourself from the latest threats. Protect your computer with Windows security tools Windows provides a variety of protection applications. Windows Updates If you have an active internet connection, Windows can check for important updates for your computer and install them automatically. These updates include security patches and program updates that can improve your computing experience and help protect your computer against new viruses and attacks. How do I know when my computer is at risk?

If the Action Center reports an alert, or if your computer behaves erratically, crashes unexpectedly or if some of your programs do not work correctly, your computer may be infected by malicious software. 88 - Internet and online security However, do not blame every computer problem on a virus! If you suspect your computer is infected, the first thing to do is update, if you have not already done so, and run your antivirus and anti-spyware software.

This Device Contains WLAN + Bluetooth module Intel AX20iNGW. Contiene Mdulo CNC ID: C-22446 2?

Contains FCC ID: HLZAX201NG o. ANATEL Contains IC: 1754F-AX201NG ggg 79-18.94423 IFETEL: RCPINAX18-2041 acer Swift 3 SF316-51-73SS MFG Date:2021/01/11 MODEL NO. :N20C13 &).. TTT TT DCRATING :19V === 3.42A(3,42A) - S/N:NXEFSCN00292801DC23400 CAN ICES-3 (BINMB-3(B) For Indoor Use Only Made In China SNID:92800761834

This device contains WLAN+Bluetooth module Intel AX201NGW (3 nTA-2018/3315 APPROVED Contains FCC ID: HLZAX201NG Contains IC: 1754F-AX201NG OMAN TRA Contiene Mdulo CNC ID:C-22446 003-180232 |REGISTERED NO.:

ETA:NR-ETA / 201900296 TRAITA-R/7116/19 ETA:NR-ETA / 201900295 D180131003 } DEALER NO.:

MIC:B2121211118AE01A2 bo080001 IFETEL:RCPINAX18-2041 ThA For Indoor Use Only REGISTERED NO.:

SGHzHS EA COMEAOTE ER69428/19 DEALER NO.:

ANATEL see R-C-INT-AX201NGW 06970-18-04423

ACY a weenie PC S| LT as NOM PC SN;

MODEL NO. (25/228) : N20H3 UD47)L Rous

=3.42A(3,42A) DC RATING (Hixeanse EEA): 19) VER ALTA RDS A) CAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3(B) Product of Acer Inc.,Acer TPs land |ogo are registered SAAR ABHRT BY ine Acer Incorporated trademarks of Acer Inc. MoM Wares Solna Gower Chins eRe RR a IDF 18900009.

This device contains WLAN+Bluetooth module Intel AX201NGW Contains FCC ID: HLZAX201NG Contains IC: 1754F-AX201NG Contiene Mdulo CNC ID:C-22446 ETA:NR-ETA / 201900296 ETA:NR-ETA / 201900295 MIC: B2121211118AE01A2 IFETEL: RCPINAX18-2041 For Indoor Use Only 5GHz OMAN TRA REGISTERED NO.:

TRA/TA-R/7116/19 DEALER NO.:

D080001 TRA REGISTERED NO.:

ER69428/19 DEALER NO.:

0018841/09 R-C-INT-AX201NGW D180131003 003-180232 T CCAH18LP3520T2 06970-18-04423 TA-2018/3315 APPROVED Size: 40(W)x20(H)mm, R2.5mm Wistron Corporation REV DESCRIPTION SIGN DATE MODEL NO.:

PART NAME:

Strongbow_CM LBL WLAN+BT-Intel AX201NGW

(TRANSPARENT)_Blue SKU UNIT :

mm SCALE:

1 : 1 1 : 1 A/W NO.:

440.0JK06.0001 SHEET OF 1 1 1 1 1. MATERIAL: 0.05mmPET+PP 2. ADHESIVE:

3. PRINTING COLOR: BACKGROUND------TRANSPARENT/ MATTE TEXT------ PANTONE COOL GRAY 6C 4. DIMENSION TOLERANCE: +/-0.3mm 5. THE MATERIAL MUST BE APPROVED BY UL, CSA DRAWN:

REVIEWED:

APPROVED:

1CMP00 Lawrence Huang 1CMP00 Catherine 07/31/2019

Label location at bottom PREOATOR PT314-51s-79LN MFG Date=2021/01/15, _ @.. TT oT SIN:NXEFSCN00292801DC23400 MODEL NO, :N20C8 DC RATING :19.5V === 9.23A(9,23A) C NO Intertek registered trademarks of Acer Inc. CAN ICES-3 (B)INMB-3(8) SNID:92800761834 For Indoor Use Only Made In China Acer Group Brands

Label Location

(RF) Rating Label PA PREDATOR Hots 59-7698 MFG Date-amaonians Mn sMszorrsena Acer Group Brands

Contains:-FCC. ILZAX201NG Contains 1C:1754F-AX201NG Contiene: Mdulo CNC 1D:C-22446 ETA:NR-ETA / 201900296 ETA:NR-ETA / 201900295 MIC:B2121211118AE01A2 IFETEL:RCPINAX 18-2041 For indoor'Use Only ;

SGHAMEBATOARAOTE +

ANATEL 06970-18-0442; Pe This device contains WLAN+Bluetooth modul Intel AX201NGW. t

FCC, Request for non-disclosure RF_501, Issue 6 Date: 16-Jul-10 Page 1 of 1 Company Name:

Address:

City:

Country:

Acer Incorporated 8F., No. 88, Sec. 1, Xintai 5th Rd., Xizhi, New Taipei City 22181, Taiwan (R.O.C) To: Telefication B.V., Dept. FCC TCB Edisonstraat 12A 6902 PK ZEVENAAR The Netherlands Subject: Request for confidentiality FCC ID: HLZAX201NG Reference number: ######

Dear FCC TCB, 1. Long-Term Confidentiality Pursuant to 47 CFR Section 0.459(a) & (b), we hereby requests non-disclosure and confidential treatment of the following materials submitted in support of FCC certification application:

Bill(s) of Material Block Diagrams Operational Description Schematic Diagrams Tune-up Procedure Above materials contain secrets, proprietary and technical information, which would customarily be guarded from competitors under 47 CFR, section 0.457(d)(2). Disclosure or publication or any portion of this company confidential material to other parties could cause substantial competitive harm and provide unjustified benefits for competitors. 2. Short-Term Confidentiality (STC) Pursuant to Public Notice DA 04-1705 of the Commissions policy, in order to comply with the marketing regulations in 47 CFR 2.803 and the importation rules in 47 CFR 2.1204, applicant hereby requests Short-Term Confidential treatment of the following materials (note 1):

Internal Photos Users Manual Test Set-up Photos External Photos Justification: Ensuring that business sensitive information remains confidential until the actual marketing of newly authorized devices. Planned Release Date STC: 180 days (notes 2, 3, 4, 5) Date: Oct. 18, 2021 Name and signature of applicant:

Notes:

1) A document or type of document can only have ONE type of confidentiality!

2) Short-Term confidentiality is in principle for 45 days from date of grant; it can be extended max 3 times (total time 180 days max.)!

3) FCC must be informed when marketing begins earlier. 4) Release takes place automatically thus extension must be requested in time. Telefication does not remind you of this!

5) Request for extension or for release must be received by Telefication at least 7 days before date of actual marketing or before expiration of the STC period

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec. 1, Xintai 5th Rd., Xizhi New Taipei City 221, Taiwan Date: May. 31, 2021 Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 C.C.: SGS Taiwan Limited Subject:

Requesting Class II permissive change for FCC ID: HLZAX201NG To Whom It May Concern:

The purpose of this letter is to request a Class II Permissive change for FCC ID:

HLZAX201NG Original grant date: 06/24/2019 Applicant: Acer Incorporated The major change filed under this application is 1. The subject approved module is being used in different host (Portable category Configuration, Host Brand: acer, Model: N20C11). 2. SAR Testing is performed to demonstrate RF Compliance. 3. Software security remains unchanged from original application. 4. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. Best Regards Title:

RU Jan / Manager On behalf of: Acer Incorporated Telephone:

886-2696-3131 ext.3289 Fax:

E-mail:

886-2-8691-3120 RU.Jan@acer.com

RF_160, Issue 04 Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec. 1, Xintai 5th Rd., Xizhi New Taipei City 221, Taiwan 8F., No. 88, Sec. 1, Xintai 5th Rd., Xizhi, New Taipei City 22181, Address: No.134, Wu Kung Road, New Taipei Industrial Park, WuKu District, New Taipei City, Taiwan 24803 Declaration of Authorization We Name: Acer Incorporated Address:

City:

Country:

Declare that:

Name Representative of agent: Jim Chang (1) New Taipei City Taiwan (R.O.C) Agent Company name: SGS Taiwan Ltd. City: New Taipei City Country: Taiwan is authorized to apply for Certification of the following product(s):

Product description: WLAN+Bluetooth module AX201NGW Type designation: AX201NGW FCC ID: HLZAX201NG Validity/ expiry date on our behalf. Date: 2021/3/2 City: New Taipei City Name: RU Jan (2) Function: Manager Signature:

Notes:

(1): Required for FCC application

(2): For FCC it must be the Grantee Code owner or the authorized agent.

FCC, Request for non-disclosure RF_501, Issue 6 Date: 16-Jul-10 Page 1 of 1 Company Name:

Address:

City:

Country:

Acer Incorporated 8F., No. 88, Sec. 1, Xintai 5th Rd., Xizhi, New Taipei City 22181, Taiwan (R.O.C) Edisonstraat 12A 6902 PK ZEVENAAR The Netherlands To: Telefication B.V., Dept. FCC TCB Subject: Request for confidentiality FCC ID: HLZAX201NG Reference number: ######

Dear FCC TCB, 1. Long-Term Confidentiality Pursuant to 47 CFR Section 0.459(a) & (b), we hereby requests non-disclosure and confidential treatment of the following materials submitted in support of FCC certification application:

Bill(s) of Material Block Diagrams Operational Description Schematic Diagrams Tune-up Procedure Above materials contain secrets, proprietary and technical information, which would customarily be guarded from competitors under 47 CFR, section 0.457(d)(2). Disclosure or publication or any portion of this company confidential material to other parties could cause substantial competitive harm and provide unjustified benefits for competitors. 2. Short-Term Confidentiality (STC) Pursuant to Public Notice DA 04-1705 of the Commissions policy, in order to comply with the marketing regulations in 47 CFR 2.803 and the importation rules in 47 CFR 2.1204, applicant hereby requests Short-Term Confidential treatment of the following materials (note 1):

Internal Photos Users Manual Test Set-up Photos External Photos Justification: Ensuring that business sensitive information remains confidential until the actual marketing of newly authorized devices. Planned Release Date STC: 180 days (notes 2, 3, 4, 5) Name and signature of applicant:

Date: Mar. 19, 2021 Notes:

1) A document or type of document can only have ONE type of confidentiality!

2) Short-Term confidentiality is in principle for 45 days from date of grant; it can be extended max 3 times (total time 180 days max.)!

3) FCC must be informed when marketing begins earlier. 4) Release takes place automatically thus extension must be requested in time. Telefication does not remind you of this!

5) Request for extension or for release must be received by Telefication at least 7 days before date of actual marketing or before expiration of the STC period

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec. 1, Xintai 5th Rd., Xizhi New Taipei City 221, Taiwan Requesting Class II permissive change for FCC ID: HLZAX201NG Date: Mar. 19, 2021 Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 C.C.: SGS Taiwan Limited Subject:

To Whom It May Concern:

The purpose of this letter is to request a Class II Permissive change for FCC ID:

HLZAX201NG Original grant date: 06/24/2019 Applicant: Acer Incorporated The major change filed under this application is 1. The subject approved module is being used in different host (Portable category Configuration, Host Brand: acer, Model: N20C13). 2. SAR Testing is performed to demonstrate RF Compliance. 3. Software security remains unchanged from original application. 4. Antenna is of same type and lower gain from original approval. Best Regards Title:

RU Jan / Manager On behalf of: Acer Incorporated Telephone:

886-2696-3131 ext.3289 Fax: 886-2-8691-3120 E-mail: RU.Jan@acer.com

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec. 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd., Hsichih New Taipei City 22181, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEL: +886-2-2696-3131 ext.3089 Fax : 886-2-8691-3120 www.acer.com Date:2011/8/22 To who may concern, I, the undersigned, responsible for the designated person in FCC grant communicator / IC company code contactor, hereby authorized RU Jan to sign the FCC / IC application form for certification process. Thank you, Sincerely Yours, Contact Person: Harriot S.L. Lee Company Name: Acer Incorporated E-Mail: harriot_lee@acer.com.tw

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd, Hsichih, Taipei Hsien 221, Taiwan Tel: 886-2-6606-3131 ; Fax: 886-2-2696-3535 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Laboratory Division 7435 Oakland Mills Rd Columbia MD 21046-1609 11N

SUBJECT: Class II Permissive Change for FCC ID: HLZAX201NG The intention of this application is to enable the modular FCC ID: HLZAX201NG, granted on 06/24/2019 to be integrated in Acer Notebook computer, Model: N20H2. There are three Host samples tested to show compliance. They are:

SKU2 SKU3 SKU1 CPU Intel Celeron ICDN402 Intel Celeron Quad-Core Intel Pentium Quad-Core ICQN4120 PQCN5030 LPDDR4 HYNIXLPDDR4X42662GBH9HCN NNBKMMLXR-NEELF+HF,DA MICRONLPDDR442662GBMT53 E512M32D2NP-046WT:ELF+HFZ HYNIXLPDDR4X42664GBH9HCN NNCPMMLXRLF+HF,DA EMMC KINGSTONNAND64GBEMMC64 KINGSTONNAND128GBEMMC1 G-TA29-M91LF+HFFWM91 28G-TA29-M90LF+HFFWM90

F SANDISKSSDNAND256GBBiCS4S N530SDBPNPZ-256G-1014LF+H SSD

Panel CMI14'FHDNoneGlareN140HCA AUO14'FHDNoneGlareB140HA CMI14'FHDNoneGlareN140HCE

-EACrevC2LF250nit25ms700:1 N04.0LF250nit25ms700:1

-EN2LF300nit25ms700:1 BatteryLGCTyp.50Wh4470mAh Battery 3S1PAP18C8K248x84.4x5.5(mm

)AP18C11.25V65WPolymer er BatteryPANASONICTyp.55Wh35 50mAh4S1PAP19B5L248x84.4x 5.5(mm)AP19B15.4V70WPolym BatteryMURATATyp.48Wh4200 mAh3S1PAP18C4K248x84.4x5.5

(mm)AP18C11.4V60WPolymer Camera 10256402CHICONY 10174742TECH-FRONT(CQ) 10256402CHICONY The module installed into host platform mentioned above is electronically and mechanically identical to the original certified module. The Original FCC testing on module under FCC ID: HLZAX201NG was performed with an antenna of higher gain, and the antenna was connected to the module in an open environment. The current host platform under application uses an antenna of the same type but of lower gain and is installed inside the host platform enclosure. The physical restraints introduced by the host platform should have resulted in equal or lower level of radiated emission. Therefore, additional Radiated emission testing is not necessary. Software security remains unchanged from the original application. Except for the change above, the design, hardware and implementation are exactly same with original. Sincerely yours, Harriot Lee Harriot.Lee@acer.com

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd, Hsichih, Taipei Hsien 221, Taiwan Tel: 886-2-6606-3131 ; Fax: 886-2-2696-3535 Date: December 2, 2020 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Laboratory Division 7435 Oakland Mills Rd Columbia MD 21046-1609 Subject: Request for Confidentiality FCC ID: HLZAX201NG To Whom It May Concern, Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of Commissions rules (47CFR0.457, 0.459), we are requesting the Commission to withhold the following attachment(s) as confidential document from public disclosure indefinitely. Operational Description Tune-up Procedure Above mentioned document contains detailed system and equipment description are considered as proprietary information in operation of the equipment. The public disclosure of above documents might be harmful to our company and would give competitor an unfair advantage in the market. In additional to above mentioned documents, pursuant to Public Notice DA 04-1705 of the Commission s policy, in order to comply with the marketing regulations in 47 CFT 2.803 and the importation rules in 47 CFR 2.1204, while ensuring that business sensitive information remains confidential until the actual marketing of newly authorized devices. We are requesting the commission to grant short-term confidentiality request on the following attachment(s) for 180 days after the grant as outlined in Public Notice DA 04-1705. External Photos Internal Photos Test Setup Photos User Manual It is our understanding that all measurement test reports, FCC ID label format and correspondent during certification review process cannot be granted as confidential documents and those information will be available for public review once the grant of equipment authorization is issued. Best Regards, ______________________ Harriot Lee Harriot.Lee@acer.com

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd, Hsichih, Taipei Hsien 221, Taiwan Tel: 886-2-6606-3131 ; Fax: 886-2-2696-3535 Date: June 21, 2019 To whom it may concern, Please be notified that I, Harriot Lee, have designated Jones Tsai in Sporton International Inc. as the person being responsible for this project and to sign the form 731 and other documentation. Any and all acts carried out by Jones Tsai in Sporton International Inc. on the matters of relating to all processes required in the FCC approval and any communication needed with the national authority, shall have the same legal authority as acts on our own behalf. We further certify that neither the applicant nor any party to this application, as defined in 47 CFR Ch. 1.2002 (b), is subject to a denial to Federal benefits, that include FCC benefits, pursuant to section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1998, 21 U.S.C. 862. This authorization is limited to the product of as following:

FCC ID: HLZAX201NG Sincerely yours, Harriot Lee Harriot.Lee@acer.com

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd, Hsichih, Taipei Hsien 221, Taiwan Tel: 886-2-6606-3131 ; Fax: 886-2-2696-3535 Date: June 21, 2019 To whom it may concern, Please be notified that I, Harriot Lee, have designated Jones Tsai in Sporton International Inc. as the person being responsible for this project and to sign the form 731 and other documentation. Any and all acts carried out by Jones Tsai in Sporton International Inc. on the matters of relating to all processes required in the FCC approval and any communication needed with the national authority, shall have the same legal authority as acts on our own behalf. We further certify that neither the applicant nor any party to this application, as defined in 47 CFR Ch. 1.2002 (b), is subject to a denial to Federal benefits, that include FCC benefits, pursuant to section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1998, 21 U.S.C. 862. This authorization is limited to the product of as following:

FCC ID: HLZAX201NG Sincerely yours, Harriot Lee Harriot.Lee@acer.com

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd, Hsichih, Taipei Hsien 221, Taiwan Tel: 886-2-6606-3131 ; Fax: 886-2-2696-3535 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Laboratory Division 7435 Oakland Mills Rd Columbia MD 21046-1609 SUBJECT: Class II Permissive Change for FCC ID: HLZAX201NG The intention of this application is to enable the modular FCC ID: HLZAX201NG, granted on 06/24/2019 to be integrated in Acer Notebook computer, Model: N20H3. The module will be permanently disabled the Wi-Fi 2.4GHz channel 12 and channel 13 operation by software. It cannot be enabled/overridden by end users or unauthorized 3rd parties via any other mean. There are three Host samples tested to show compliance. They are:

SKU1 SKU2 SKU3 CPU GPU Tiger lake I7 UMA GDDR5

Tiger lake I5 DIS Tiger lake I7 DIS SAMSUNG LPDDR4X 4266 1GB SAMSUNG LPDDR4X 4266 1GB K4U8E3S4AD-MGCL K4U8E3S4AD-MGCL LPDDR4 SAMSUNG 2GB K4U6E3S4AA-MGCR LF+HF SAMSUNG 4GB K4UBE3D4AA-MGCR LF+HF HYNIX 4GB H9HCNNNCPMALHR-NEE LF+HF QDP, AL SANDISK SN530 F801024PM sample Jan/M Tech-Front CHICONY F8032_512PH SSD Hynix BC511 F80256PM CHICONY Camera CH_GC1009_RTS5846N TF_OV9734_SPCA2087N CH_GC1009_RTS5846N

(dual Mic distance 66mm)

(dual Mic distance 66mm)

(dual Mic distance 66mm) Touchpad Synaptics CP4WIP3M Elantec CP4WIP3M Synaptics CP4WIP3M KB SUNREX SV03T_A80B CHICONY SV03T_A80B CHICONY SV03P_A80BWL Panel AUO N14FHDSSRIB CMI STSP N14FHDSSPIB CMI STSP N14FHDSSPIB The module installed into host platform mentioned above is electronically and mechanically identical to the original certified module. The Original FCC testing on module under FCC ID: HLZAX201NG was performed with an antenna of higher gain, and the antenna was connected to the module in an open environment. The current host platform under application uses an antenna of the same type but of lower gain and is installed inside the host platform enclosure. The physical restraints introduced by the host platform should have resulted in equal or lower level of radiated emission. Therefore, additional Radiated emission testing is not necessary. Software security remains unchanged from the original application. Except for the change above, the design, hardware and implementation are exactly same with original. Sincerely yours, Harriot Lee Harriot.Lee@acer.com

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec 1, Hsin Tai Wu Rd, Hsichih, Taipei Hsien 221, Taiwan Tel: 886-2-6606-3131 ; Fax: 886-2-2696-3535 Date: June 21, 2019 To whom it may concern, Please be notified that I, Harriot Lee, have designated Jones Tsai in Sporton International Inc. as the person being responsible for this project and to sign the form 731 and other documentation. Any and all acts carried out by Jones Tsai in Sporton International Inc. on the matters of relating to all processes required in the FCC approval and any communication needed with the national authority, shall have the same legal authority as acts on our own behalf. We further certify that neither the applicant nor any party to this application, as defined in 47 CFR Ch. 1.2002 (b), is subject to a denial to Federal benefits, that include FCC benefits, pursuant to section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1998, 21 U.S.C. 862. This authorization is limited to the product of as following:

FCC ID: HLZAX201NG Sincerely yours, Harriot Lee Harriot.Lee@acer.com

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec. 1, Xintai 5th Rd., Xizhi New Taipei City 221, Taiwan Authority to Act as Agent Date: Aug. 20, 2020 American Certification Body, Inc. 6731 Whittier Avenue Suite C110 McLean, VA 22101 To Whom It May Concern:

SGS Taiwan Ltd is authorized to act on our behalf, until otherwise notified, for applications to American Certification Body, Inc. (ACB). We certify that we are not subject to denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 862. Further, no party, as defined in 47 CFR 1.2002 (b), to the application is subject to denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits. Thank you, Agency Agreement Expiration Date: August. 10, 2021 RU Jan Manager By:

Title:

On behalf of: Acer Incorporated Telephone:

886-2696-3131 ext.3289 022818 11

Acer Incorporated 8F, 88, Sec. 1, Xintai 5th Rd., Xizhi New Taipei City 221, Taiwan Request for Confidentiality Date: Aug. 20, 2020 Subject: Confidentiality Request for: FCC ID: HLZAX201NG Pursuant to FCC 47 CFR 0.457(d) and 0.459 and IC RSP-100, Section 9.4, the applicant requests that a part of the subject FCC application be held confidential. Type of Confidentiality Requested Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Short Term Permanent Permanent *1 Permanent Permanent Permanent Permanent Permanent *3 Exhibit Antenna Report External Photos Internal Photos Operation Description/Theory of Operation Parts List & Placement/BOM Tune-Up Procedure Schematics Test Setup Photos Users Manual Acer Incorporated has spent substantial effort in developing this product and it is one of the first of its kind in industry. Having the subject information easily available to "competition" would negate the advantage they have achieved by developing this product. Not protecting the details of the design will result in financial hardship. Permanent Confidentiality:

The applicant requests the exhibits listed above as permanently confidential be permanently withheld from public review due to materials that contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. Short-Term Confidentiality:

The applicant requests the exhibits selected above as short term confidential be withheld from public view for a period of 180 days from the date of the Grant of Equipment Authorization and prior to marketing. This is to avoid premature release of sensitive information prior to marketing or release of the product to the public. Applicant is also aware that they are responsible to notify ACB in the event information regarding the product or the product is made available to the public before the requested period has expired. ACB will then release the documents listed above for public disclosure pursuant to FCC Public Notice DA 04-1705. NOTE for Industry Canada Applications:

IC currently only distinguishes Permanent Confidentiality exhibits as shown above. Short Term confidentiality is not considered applicable to IC applications. Sincerely, By:

(RU Jan / Manager 2) 1 - The asterisked items (*) require further information to be provided to ACB before permanent confidentiality will be extended to these exhibits. Please refer to FCC KDB 726920 and the specific Document link for D01 found at:

https://apps.fcc.gov/oetcf/kdb/forms/FTSSearchResultPage.cfm?switch=P&id=41731 and review section II, 3) regarding specific information that must accompany these requests. 2 - Must be signed by applicant contact given for applicant on the FCC site, or by the authorized agent if an appropriate authorized agent letter has been provided. Letters should be placed on appropriate letterhead. 022818 11